JuicyAppleNews

  • Juicy Apple News
  • MAC
  • How to
  • iPad
  • IOS
  • iOS Games
  • Contact Us

Extreme places in the world popular on Instagram: 20 photos and videos

31/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

When posting photos on Instagram, everyone wants to get as many “likes” as possible. In pursuit of recognition, some Instagrammers are even ready to put their lives in danger, as evidenced by photos taken in the most unexpected places and under the most unexpected circumstances. We bring to your attention 20 extreme pictures from Instagram, when you look at them, it takes your breath away and stops your heart.

Viki Odintsova published a literally dizzying video on Instagram. A fearless girl balances above the ground on a narrow crossbar in a skyscraper in Dubai …

…But nothing compares to the result of this wild shoot…

Video from the famous daredevil olegcricket is impossible to watch without closing your eyes.

♥ BY TOPIC: Photos of the most beautiful places on Earth on Instagram: 10 best accounts.

Harry Gallagher caught everyone’s attention by climbing to the top of the second tallest skyscraper in London, One Canada Square (50 floors, 244 m).

James Kingston filmed this breathtaking video atop the second tallest building in Ukraine.

Instagrammer Jack Morris took this creepy photo atop a skyscraper in Bangkok, Thailand.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to upload photos and videos to Instagram from a Mac or Windows computer.

The 119-meter Moscow Bridge in Kiev is another favorite place for adrenaline junkies…

Just Look Down?

Posted by Elijah Flores (@elijah.bf) Mar 5 2017 at 9:56 PST

… And by climbing it, Instagrammers put their lives in great danger.

Pedra da Gavea in Rio de Janeiro is one of the highest cliffs in the world. Its height is 842 m above sea level.

Stuck between two rocks, the Kjeragbolten stone in Norway attracts desperate instagrammers like nothing else.

Despite the fence and warning signs, the rock called the Wedding Cake in Australia is a huge hit with photography enthusiasts. Geologists assure that it can collapse at any moment.

A favorite place for amateur photographers is also the rock Trolltunga (Trolltunga) in Norway. In 2015, a young girl died here, falling down from a great height. According to the local guide, it was only “a matter of time”.

ON THIS TOPIC: How to set up (enable/disable) any notifications on Instagram.

Yosemite National Park also offers plenty of extreme photo spots, such as Taft Point.

One of the most dangerous places on earth is Mount Huashan in China. They say that up to a hundred people die here every year, but this does not stop true instagrammers.

Brothers Valentin and Roman took this stunning photo in Norway on the 604m Preikestolen cliff.

Murad and Natalie Osmann love to be photographed in unexpected places around the world. This photo was taken at the top of a skyscraper in Las Vegas…

…And this one is on a skyscraper in Dubai.

See also:



[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Extreme, Instagram, photos, places, popular, videos, world

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

27/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Widgets that appeared on the iPhone home screen with the release of iOS 14 are great, but some of them still have flaws. In particular, the Photos app widget is disappointing. This tool gives you the nice feeling of having your favorite photos on your home screen next to the app icons. But, on the other hand, every hour the picture changes randomly without any our participation. And although you can no longer change the behavior of this widget itself, there is still a way to get the images you need on the home screen.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to create custom widgets on iPhone using the Widgetsmith app.

Since the release of iOS 14, third-party app developers have created quite a few new widgets that work on both the home screen and the Today screen. Many of them are for single purpose applications. The developers happily rushed to fix the nuances that Apple missed in their own widgets. We’ll have to turn to third-party apps that allow us to choose which image or images you want to display in the widget on the iPhone home screen and when.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

Video:

Choose a third-party app to install widgets

When you’re faced with having to choose a third-party widget to showcase your photos, there’s certainly a choice. Some apps provide options for selecting multiple images, while others allow you to add text. There are even widgets that overlay information from the calendar on top of the picture. But if all you need is a virtual frame to display a photo on your home screen, any widget of this kind, advanced or not, is likely to work for you.

Some of the available third party photo widgets

Custom Widgets – Photo & Text: You can use a total of three images, one of which will be displayed on the widget. You can change how the photo is displayed by expanding it, changing the background color, or using an analog clock, text, or the current date at the top.

Home Photo Widget: You can add an unlimited number of images to the application and then create a static widget for each of them.

Locket-Photo Widgets (99 rubles): You choose an album for each widget, the number of images you want to see from it, and how often the widget should change images.

Photobox Widget: You can use the widget in three different sizes, in addition, the widget allows you to select multiple photos that will randomly change every ten minutes. It is possible to add a message and crop photos.

PHOTO ALBUM (Photo Widget): for each widget created, a separate photo album is formed with any number of photos. You can change the brightness of the image, the frequency of its change, show the name of the widget’s album.

Photo Widget (99 rubles): for the widget, you create albums, each of which can store up to six photos, and you can show several images at the same time, either individually or in a grid.

photo widget: You can add one or more photos to one widget (three different sizes). You can change the photo update interval, add a date or caption overlay.

Photo Widget – Pin Photo: You can create a widget for a single image or for albums, from which images will be selected every minute. You can also add a title to each widget.

Photo Widget: You need to create albums with any number of photos, and then set a widget for each collection. Each widget has six options for the time interval for changing images.

Photo Widget – The best one: You can add one or more images to each widget, customize it to use one of your photo albums. Photos change according to your individual timer. You can set the widget to open a website when you click on it.

PictureWidget: You add five photos to the app at once. Only one image will be displayed for the home screen widget. More customization options are available for the old-style widget.

All these applications generally work identically. In this article, we will look at creating a photo widget using the Photo Widget application as an example.

♥ BY TOPIC: Themes for iPhone (new icons): how to change, where to download, how to make money on it.

Select photos for the widget

After you install the app of your choice on your iPhone, open it. Looking for something that looks like a button “Add”. In the application photo widget, for example, she (Add Album) is right in the middle. Click on the button and give a name to the created album.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

Then click on the button to add photos to the created album (Add Photos). A window will open where you can view all the photos in the Photos app, including all your albums.

To select the photo you want to use, just touch it. If you select multiple images, the widget will cycle through them instead of displaying just one statically. When you’re happy with your choice, just click “Add”.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

Disable “Show Date in Widget” (Optional)

Default application photo widget shows the date when displaying photos. If this suits you, move on to the next step. However, if you want a simple blank photo on your home screen, this feature needs to be turned off. Open the Widget tabSettings» (Settings) and deactivate the switch next to «Show date in widget» (Show Date in Widget). In addition, here you can also select the interval for changing photos – section Photo Refresh Interval.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to hide unnecessary pages with applications from the home screen on the iPhone and iPad.

Add a widget to your iPhone screen

To do this, press and hold your finger on the background of the main screen until you enter the icon wiggle mode. Now click the plus (+) button in the top left corner of the screen.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

Find in the list photo widget. It may immediately appear as a suggested widget, but if not, you need to scroll down and select it from the list.

Once you do that, you’ll see three suggested widget sizes (small, medium, and large). When you decide which one suits you, click “Add Widget” or drag it directly to the home screen to the desired location.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: albums, iPhone, photos, specific, widget

Get link to photos stored on iPhone: how to do

25/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

A little-known iOS feature: if you want to share a lot of photos and videos with certain users, and not clutter up messenger chats (which are growing in size due to such actions), just create a special link to view and download content a la Dropbox, Google Photos or Yandex.Disk.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpapers on iPhone or iPad based on time, location, etc.

Imagine: you have taken some cool photos or videos and you want your friends to see them right now. How to do it? Of course, you can send them to a social network or send a personal message via messenger. But “VKontakte” or “Facebook” they still need to be uploaded. Yes, and sending full-sized images or videos to the “PM” requires both you and the recipient to have a good Internet connection right here and now. No, really – do you like to receive archives with “photos” weighing tens and hundreds of megabytes in Telegram, Viber or WhatsApp?

Apple offers a different path. Access to the content that you want to show people is carried out through a special iCloud link. One click – and your friends get to a special page where you can view and even download your favorite photos for a month. Very convenient – especially if a friend does not have an iPhone, but Android. And yes – this will not affect your iCloud limit in any way.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to give guests a Wi-Fi password without naming it (QR code).

To create iCloud sharing links:

Open the app Settings, click on your first and last name, select iCloud → Photos and activate the switch opposite the inscription Photo iCloud. Keep in mind that if the photos on the device take up more than 5 GB and you do not use a paid plan to increase the space in iCloud (that is, you only have 5 GB of free space), then it is better to refuse this method of sharing photos (videos). For the feature to work properly, you must always have more space in iCloud than the photos and videos on your device take up.

iCloud settings

How to Get (and Send) a Link to Photos Stored on an iPhone or iPad

After enabling the option Photos in iCloud all your Photos or videos from iPhone or iPad will be uploaded to iCloud. You can check at icloud.com (open from computer) in the Photos web app.

Photos in iCloud

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download videos from VK (VKontakte) to iPhone or iPad and watch without the Internet.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

1. Open the app Photo on your iPhone or iPad running iOS 12 or later.

2. Click Select in the upper right corner.

3. Select one or more photos/videos to send.

4. Press the button Share.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

5. In the bottom row of icons, select Copy link.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

Next, a message appeared on the screen with information. that the selected photos and videos are preparing to be sent. Depending on their number, this may take some time.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

6. The link will be copied to the clipboard. Just paste it into the text field of the messenger or e-mail and send.

You can also get the download link in two other ways:

Method 1

Click on the required card Preview In chapter Recent General, then tap on the ellipsis menu.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

From the menu that appears, select Copy iCloud Link.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

Method 2

Press and hold your finger on the thumbnail card. In the context menu that appears, select Copy iCloud Link.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

You can open sharing links to iCloud.com from a browser on any mobile device, laptop or desktop computer.

If you receive such a link to photos in the mail and open them on a mobile device, the following options are possible:

  • On iOS devices, previews of photos sent to you open in the Photos app.
  • On devices with other operating systems (Android, etc.), you are redirected to the download page hosted on iCloud.com.
  • On desktops and laptops, clicking the link launches a browser and takes you to a stylish iCloud.com download page.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

How to add (save) photos and videos from shared links to your library

As mentioned above, content via iCloud links will be available for a month. If you want to see photos and videos shared for you at a later date, it’s best to upload them to your device’s media library.

To do this, follow the link sent to you with photos and click the button Add all.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

After that, all selected media files will be downloaded to your device in their original resolution.

On the computer, the same actions – follow the sharing link, select the desired pictures and click on the blue button Download. All selected photos and videos will be downloaded as a single ZIP file or added to your library Photo iCloud, respectively.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone features that most users can turn off.

How to remove a photo or video from public access via a link

1. Open the Photos app on your iPhone or iPad.

2. Click the tab For you.

3. Select an album in the section Recent General.

4. Click on the ellipsis menu.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

5. From the menu that appears, select Close access.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

You can do it even easier, the same menu can be called up by pressing and holding on the card Preview.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

As a result, all previews with your photos and videos will disappear from users’ devices and from the corresponding page on iCloud.com. But the photos and videos that other users have downloaded to their devices will remain with them.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, link, photos, stored

How to crop photos on iPhone without installing third-party programs

17/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

And although many people do not have any problems with photo editing, there are those users for whom this task is difficult. As a result, they take a picture or screenshot and leave it as is. And if you have never cropped photos on your iPhone, then we will help you with this.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

Perhaps you want to cut out something that is behind your subject, or you just want to leave the most important part of the image. And cropping a photo on iPhone is very easy, you have the option to give it the right look or choose the size that suits your purposes. In this article, we will tell you how you can crop photos directly on your smartphone.

♥ BY TOPIC: What QR codes can be read by the iPhone camera: 10 examples of use.

How to crop photos on iPhone or iPad?

Open the app “Photo” and select the image you want to crop. Then do the following:

1. With a photo open, tap “Edit” in the upper right corner.

2. Click on the icon below “Cut and Rotate” (on the iPad it will be on the left).

How to crop photos on iPhone

3. A free-form frame will appear in front of you. You can drag the entire photo to the right place, or move the corner or edge to crop the photo as you see fit.

How to crop photos on iPhone

Alternatively, you can use the preset aspect ratio of the new frame instead of a freeform one. Tap the ratio icon in the top right corner.

At the bottom you will see presets such as Square, 9:16, 8:10 etc. You can click to select one of them and see a preview of the cropped image. In addition, you can select the orientation icon, making it portrait or landscape. This will also change the look of the resulting photo based on the selected preset aspect ratio.

How to crop photos on iPhone

4. Once you’ve finished cropping your photo, simply click Done. If you don’t like the result, click “Cancel”.

Your photo will be automatically saved after cropping.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone: 2 ways.

How to undo cropping

If you suddenly do not like the result, and you want to return to the original picture, then this will not be difficult to do.

1. Select a photo and click “Edit”.

2. Click “Return” in the lower right corner.

How to crop photos on iPhone

3. Confirm that you want to return to the original state.

How to crop photos on iPhone

However, it is worth bearing in mind that resetting the photo to its original state will undo all the changes you have made to this picture.

♥ BY TOPIC: Reverse shooting on the iPhone, or how to shoot video backwards.

Conclusion

If you have a photo or a screenshot where you only want a certain part of the picture and not the whole picture, cropping the image will give you exactly what you need. Moreover, this can be done immediately on the iPhone or iPad, without resorting to the use of a computer and additional programs. The tool built into iOS can create both arbitrary shapes and use predefined proportions.

How do you edit photos on your iPhone? Are you using the built-in “Photo” instrument or do you use other methods?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: crop, installing, iPhone, photos, programs, thirdparty

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

14/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Even with the release of iOS 10, Apple seriously decided to make the Photos app a competitor to Google Photos by introducing the Memories with the ability to group photos by events and create slideshows from them. In this article, we will talk about two ways to make a musical photo slideshow in the Photos app.

♥ BY TOPIC: Which iPhone has the best battery life? Comparison of battery life of all current iPhones in 2022.

How to make a musical slideshow (video from photo) in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

Apple offers two options for creating slideshows.

Option 1 (create a video movie from all the photos in the album + the ability to save)

1. Open the app Photo on iPhone or iPad, go to the tab Albums. Select the desired album to create a slideshow (movie). We talked in detail about how to create albums and folders in the Photos app in this article.

2. Click on the “···” in the upper right corner.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

3. In the menu that appears, select the item “Play video memories”.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

4. A slideshow of the photos in the album will start, accompanied by music.

5. Tap the screen to change the slide show options. Select a musical arrangement.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

6. To fine-tune the slideshow, press the button “…” in the upper right corner and in the pop-up window, select the required tool. Additional options allow you to change the slideshow title, title image, and more.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

In addition, the created slideshow will be placed in the format “Memories” tab “For you” photo apps.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

8. To save the slideshow as a video to the Photos app or share it with your friends, return to the home screen (before pressing the “…”) and press the button Share in the lower left corner.

If the created slideshow contains a licensed song (soundtrack), a message will appear “Can’t share a song”. In this case, click “Choose a soundtrack to share” and select another song.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

9. In the menu that appears, select “Save video». The video slideshow will be saved in the Photos app.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: Video from photos on iPhone and iPad are the best apps to create videos from photos.

Option 2 (create a video movie from select album photos + more options for choosing animation effects and musical accompaniment)

1. Open the app Photo on iPhone or iPad, go to the tab Albums. Select the desired album to create a slideshow (movie). We talked in detail about how to create albums and folders in the Photos app in this article.

2. To select all photos for the slideshow, click the “···” in the upper right corner.

To create a slideshow of selected photos, click the button Select and highlight the desired pictures, then click the···” in the upper right corner.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone

3. Select an item Slide show. The slide show will automatically start in full screen.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

4. Touch the screen to change settings. Click the button Parameters to change slideshow settings.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

In chapter Music choose one of the proposed standard songs or music from the application Music (Apple Music).

In chapter Topic select a slide display style. To repeat slides, activate the item To repeat.

To decrease or increase the playback speed of the picture, use the slider with the image of a turtle and a hare.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

Changing the soundtrack also entails recomposing the entire clip to match the tempo and tone of the composition.

It should be noted that the slideshow created using the second option does not provide for the possibility of saving the video and sending it to friends. The created slideshow can only be viewed on an iOS device or transferred to a TV with an Apple TV set-top box.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: App, iPad, iPhone, musical, photos, share, slideshow

AirDrop, or how to quickly transfer photos or videos from iPhone to iPhone (iPad, Mac)

13/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Starting with iOS 7, Apple began to integrate data transfer technology into its mobile devices. AirDrop, with which you can share multimedia files between iOS devices. In this article, we will show you how to transfer photos from iPhone to any other iOS device or Mac computer using AirDrop technology.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpapers on iPhone or iPad based on time, location, etc.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

one. Make sure that wireless interfaces such as WiFi and Bluetooth… You can do this through Control Center or the Settings app.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

2. Turn on AirDrop from the Control Center, to do this, press and hold the button-block with wireless interfaces, and then activate the switch of the same name.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

This can be done for all users, or only for your contacts.

If you are not included in the recipient’s contact list, ask them to set the AirDrop reception settings to “For all”…

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

How to Transfer Photos or Videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad, or Mac Using AirDrop

one. Open the stock appPhoto”, press the button “Select» and select the desired photos or videos.

2. Open the menu “Share“.

How to Transfer Photos or Videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad, or Mac Using AirDrop

3… Click the AirDrop icon and select the icon with the name of the device to send content.

How to Transfer Photos or Videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad, or Mac Using AirDrop

All that remains is to confirm the receipt of files on the paired device.

If you do not see an active device with enabled airdrop, make sure that his device is unlocked, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are activated, and AirDrop reception is set to “For all”…

In the same way, you can transfer not only videos, but also notes, contacts, web pages, documents, and other files.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: AirDrop, iPad, iPhone, Mac, photos, quickly, transfer, videos

How to Send Photos and Videos from iPhone to Mac and Vice Versa: All Methods

08/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

All iPhone users know that the file system of this device cannot be directly accessed, as it is with Android or Windows. As a result, it will not be possible to manage all files inside the device, except for those that are allowed to access. This makes it harder to share files with other iOS users. However, you can easily and even in multiple ways transfer files between iPhone and Mac and receive files from iOS (iPadOS) to Mac.

The content of the article

♥ ON TOPIC: How to open the hidden currency converter, physical values ​​and calculator on iPhone and iPad.

How to transfer files (documents, videos) from Mac to iPhone (iPad) via cable and vice versa

Until 2019, Apple offered to use the iTunes app as a standard file sharing and management tool for iOS devices on Mac and Windows. To transfer data, the application on the iPhone or iPad must support direct file sharing. Thus, using a USB to Lightning cable, you can transfer files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac with ease. In most cases, this is very useful when transferring large files, such as videos, directly to the player application (details).

However, this method will not be able to access all the directories visible in the Files application. On a Mac, you can only retrieve files from iPhone (iPad) applications that support USB data transfer. With the release of macOS Catalina, Apple stopped using it with iTunes. The functionality of the application, which is responsible for working with the iPhone (iPad), has been moved to the Finder file manager.

Here’s how to transfer files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac via cable.

1. Connect iPhone (iPad) to Mac via USB cable.

2. If you are using older versions of macOS (before macOS 10.15 Catalina), the connected device should be identified in the iTunes application on the Mac.

3. If you are using macOS Catalina or later, open the Finder… Find the connected device on the Side Panel and click on it.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

In case the device is not displayed, go to Settings Finder and check the box next to CDs, DVDs, and iOS devices…

Finder Preferences

5. You can work with Music, Video, Movies, Audiobooks, Books, Files, etc. directly from that window.

6. Go to the tab “Files», Where you can find a list of supported applications.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

7. If you want to transfer any file from your Mac to the Files app on your iPhone or iPad, you can copy it directly to the file system of any of the available apps.

8. The copied files can be found in the appropriate directory in the Files app on the iPhone (iPad).

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

9. In order to transfer files from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via USB cable, first copy the files to any folder of the application that supports data transfer via cable. And then just select the files you want and drag them to a folder on your Mac.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

♥ ON TOPIC: How to reduce size (compress) video without losing quality on Windows, Mac and Linux computer.

How to copy (transfer) photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via cable

You can use this easy method to transfer a large number of iPhone (iPad) photos and videos stored in the Photos app to your Mac.

1. Connect iPhone (iPad) to Mac using USB cable.

2. On Mac, open the stock application Capturing imageswhich is located in the folder Programs…

How to copy (transfer) photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via cable

3. Select the connected device in the upper left corner of the program, specify the folder on the Mac where the data will be copied, select the photos and videos to import and click Download… In case you need to copy all photos and videos to Mac, click Load all…

If you need to delete photos and videos copied to Mac from iPhone (iPad), check the box next to Delete after import…

How to copy (transfer) photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via cable

♥ ON TOPIC: Which smartphone has the best camera in 2021 – Top 10.

How to copy (transfer) any files (including photos and videos) from iPhone (iPad) to Mac and vice versa using AirDrop (“over the air”)

AirDrop is Apple’s proprietary file sharing mechanism. AirDrop allows Apple devices to connect to each other and share files using both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connections at the same time. This does not require the installation of additional applications. In fact, AirDrop is a built-in feature for sharing data across Apple devices, including iPhone, iPad, Mac.

Using AirDrop, you can easily get files from iOS to your Mac (and vice versa) over the air without an Internet connection.

How to AirDrop Files from iPhone or iPad to Mac

1. On a Mac, open the Finder app.

2. Go to the AirDrop section in the sidebar.

3. Set the parameter “Allow my discovery to everyone” instead of “For contacts only” at the bottom of the AirDrop window.

How to Transfer Photos and Videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac

4. Open the app “Photo” or “Files” on iPhone or iPad.

5. Select the files, photos, videos you want to transfer and click the icon Share this…

6. Click on the AirDrop icon in the menu that opens Share this…

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) via AirDrop from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

7. Find the Mac to which you want to transfer files in the list of available devices and click on it.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

8. Click “To accept” at the Mac prompt that appears.

How to Transfer Photos and Videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac

These steps will allow you to quickly get all the files you need from iOS to Mac via a wireless connection without any hassle with setup.

How to AirDrop Files from Mac to iPhone or iPad

1. Run “Control point” on iPhone or iPad.

2. Press and hold your finger on the wireless control box, turn on AirDrop and select “For all”…

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) via AirDrop from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

3. On a Mac, right-click the file you want to send to iPhone (iPad).

4. Select Share this → AirDrop…

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

5. Select the desired iPhone (iPad) from the list, and then the file transfer will start.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

6. On iPhone (iPad), tap To accept and select the app where you want to save the file to your device (when you send photos or videos from your Mac, they are automatically saved to the Photos app on your iPhone or iPad).

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) via AirDrop from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

AirDrop is the best choice for transferring files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac, as there are no restrictions on file type or size, and everything can be done in literally a few taps.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to change the ringtone (ringtone) on iPhone.

Third-party apps to transfer files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac

Getting files from iPhone or iPad to Mac using built-in functions is a breeze. However, sometimes file sharing can be limited due to the lack of some functions.

There are many third-party applications that can make the task of transferring photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac easier.

Some popular programs for transferring video and other data from iPhone (iPad) to Mac.

dr.fone – Phone Manager… This awesome tool can help you get iOS files on Mac in a few clicks. You can use the app to transfer videos, photos or files from iPhone to Mac and vice versa. Dr.fone requires an iPhone to be connected to a Mac using a Lightning data cable.

Waltr is one of the iTunes substitutes available for Mac or Windows computer. The application can magically convert all movable media, including photos and videos, and easily transfer them from Mac to iPhone (iPad). Unlike iTunes Sharing, Waltr does not share videos with specific supported apps like VLC for example. Instead, you can save them to your iPhone (iPad) Camera Roll if needed.

Xender… This application, which implements the exchange of files via Wi-Fi, is popular also on the Android platform, due to the ease of exchange and the ability to transfer multimedia between smartphones. But there is a version of Xender for iPhone, which makes it possible to send and receive files from other iOS, Android, Mac or Windows devices using a proprietary application.

There are many tools on the market to transfer files between iPhone and Mac. Most of them are free, and in some you have to pay for additional features.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to connect a regular USB flash drive to an iPhone or iPad.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac (and vice versa) over the Internet

If the iPhone, iPad and Mac to which you want to transfer files are far away, and you cannot connect to them either via cable or via AirDrop, then the Internet is the only option. To transfer files from Mac to iPhone (iPad), or vice versa, you will have to use certain Internet services, including the cloud. Here are some of the best for transferring files between iPhone, iPad and Mac over the Internet.

Transferring files from iPhone (iPad) to Mac and vice versa doesn’t seem so difficult anymore. You can use these methods to get iOS files on Mac, it shouldn’t be difficult.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, Mac, methods, photos, send, versa, Vice, videos

Live Photos Effects and Crop on iPhone: How to Use

05/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Only with the arrival of iOS 11, the Live Photos function has migrated from the category of useless advertising marketing to the really necessary tool with which you can get high-quality vivid and impressive pictures.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to move multiple app icons on iPhone or iPad at once (video).

What are Live Photos?

For those who are not in the know, Live Photos adds a few seconds of video (with sound) to the photo before and after the moment of shooting. Such files weigh more, and until the release of iOS 11, you could only view such animated images and no more.

To activate Live Photos, open the camera and click the appropriate icon (see screenshot below). Depending on the iOS version, the Live Photos icon may be placed in a different location.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

After pressing the shutter button, Live should appear at the top of the screen.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

How to choose a cover photo for Live Photos

Live Photos lets you choose a title shot from your entire footage. This can mean that in most cases there is no need to take a series of photos, then choose the most successful one, and then delete unused photos.

Just take a live photo (make sure the photo is marked LIVE in the upper left corner) and press the button “Edit“. Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

At the bottom of the display, move the slider on the timeline to select the best frame (after releasing your finger, the message “Make a cover photo“, Click on it) and confirm your intention by pressing the button”Ready“.

How to choose a cover photo for Live Photos

♥ ON TOPIC: ProRAW in the iPhone camera: what it is, how to turn it on, use it + sample photos.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

To start editing Live Photos on devices with iOS 15 and later, open the live photo and click on the LIVE button in the upper left corner. Select the desired effect.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

To edit Live Photos on devices with iOS 14 and earlier, open the live photo and swipe it up, and the page will scroll to an additional menu.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

There are currently four effects available:

  • Animation – standard live photography without effects (a kind of reset to the original settings after applying the following effects);
  • A loop – allows you to loop the animation. Unlike the standard solution, when you need to hold your finger with the 3D Touch gesture on the picture to view a video, with the effect A loop the image will be constantly in motion;
  • Pendulum – playback of a clip in reverse order. For example, people jumping out of a pool look much more spectacular than those who jump there;
  • Long exposure – simulates long shutter speeds as on DSLR cameras. Moving objects will get a nice blur. Beautiful long exposure photographs are obtained when capturing rivers or car lights at night. At the same time, you do not need to buy an SLR camera, set it on a tripod and take a shutter speed for several tens of minutes.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to enable the one-handed keyboard on iPhone for typing on the go.

How to crop Live Photos

Open the application “Photo“And select”Live photo“You want to crop. Click the button “Edit”… Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

On the timeline that appears at the bottom of the screen, slide the left and right arrows. This action will change the start and end points of your Live Photos. When finished, press the button. “Ready”…

How to crop Live Photos

♥ ON TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to mute Live Photos

Switch to edit mode for the photo marked LIVE by pressing the button “Edit” in the upper right corner. Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

Click on the icon with the image of the loudspeaker (speaker) to mute the sound in Live Photo and confirm the action by pressing the button Ready…

How to mute Live Photos

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: crop, effects, iPhone, live, photos

Live Photos: how it works and which iPhones and iPads are supported

05/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Live Photos (Live Photos) is a software feature in iOS (Camera app) that allows you to get animated photos on your iPhone.

♥ ON TOPIC: Fast charging for iPhone: which models are supported and which charger should you buy.

What devices support Live Photo shooting

Live photos can be taken with iPhone 6s (2015), iPad 5 (2013) and newer Apple smartphones and tablets.

How Live Photo works

“Live photos” work very simply – after you start taking a photo, the iPhone or iPad camera records 1.5 seconds of video before the shot, and then 1.5 seconds after it was taken. As a result, a valuable “context” is added to the photo, information about what was happening around, and the output is a kind of mini-video. The animation is shown by clicking on the photo.

Apple has already said that Live Photo – not a video file, but a combination of a 12MP photo in .JPG with a .MOV file. “Live photography” includes 45 frames, and is played back at a speed of 15 frames per second (it turns out just 3 seconds).

Live photos, pros and cons

The combination of the two formats – .JPG and .MOV – also results in internal storage Live Photo takes up 2 times more space than a regular picture.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

How to take Live Photos on iPhone?

one… Open the app Camera…

2… Enable the option Live Photos in the top menu.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

3… Press the shutter button (white centered) to take a picture Live Photos… During shooting, the message will appear. LIVE indicating shooting in mode Live Photos…

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

♥ ON TOPIC: ProRAW in the iPhone 12 Pro camera: what it is, how to turn it on, use it + sample photos.

How to remove audio, crop and apply effects on Live Photos in iPhone

How to crop Live Photos

With the release of iOS 11, Apple developers have added Live Photos editing tools to the Photos app. We have detailed how to crop and apply effects in Live Photos directly on iPhone in this article.

In addition, on macOS High Sierra and later, the Photos app also includes Live Photos editing tools (detail).

Live Photo Effects and Editing

♥ ON TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

What happens if you send a Live Photo to an old iPhone or Mac

Due to the peculiarities Live Photos (combination .JPG + .MOV) You can fully enjoy the “come to life” photos only on devices with iOS 9 and higher, Apple Watch with watchOS 2 and higher and Mac running OS X El Capitan and higher. If you want to send Live Photos on an unsupported device, the .MOV component will be removed, and only the most common photo in the .JPG format will be left. In the OS X Yosemite Photos app, instead of one Live Photos two files are displayed at once – one with .JPG resolution, the other with .MOV resolution. In El Capitan, there is already one file, the associated animation is played by double-clicking on it. But if you reset Live Photos on iPhone 6, but with iOS 9 installed, there will be no problems – the animation will remain.

Live photos, pros and cons

As you can see in the screenshots, the .JPG component of a Live Photo taken with an iPhone 6s camera is 2.5 MB, the .MOV component is 1.7 MB. If you use the front camera for such shooting, then the .JPG will be smaller – 1 megabyte, but the size of the .MOV will remain the same. The resolution of the .MOV file in both cases was 960 × 720 pixels at 12 FPS.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPads, iPhones, live, photos, supported, works

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime call

04/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Surely every owner of an Apple device at least once in his life faced a situation when, during a FaceTime conversation, the interlocutor showed something that needed to be captured (for example, my mother wanted to share with you a pie recipe written on a piece of paper).

Until recently, this was a function that allows you to take screenshots, but now everything has become much easier. From now on, you can take pictures directly using FaceTime, and, what is even more interesting, not ordinary static pictures, but “live” photos (Live Photos).

♥ ON TOPIC: How to answer an iPhone call (Viber, WhatsApp, Skype) without touching your smartphone.

How to take a live photo while on a FaceTime call

During a FaceTime call, a shutter button appeared on the screen of a device running iOS 11 (or later) or macOS High Sierra (or later). Click on it, and the new Live Photos will be instantly saved in the Photos app.

Live photos are a short video along with a still image.

♥ ON TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

Turn Live Photos on and off during a FaceTime call

There are two things to remember about Live Photos in FaceTime:

1. It will not be possible to take a picture unnoticed by the interlocutor, since he will immediately receive a corresponding notification.

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime conversation

2. To take a “live” photo in FaceTime function “Live Photo During FaceTime” must be enabled on both devices.

If you do not want your interlocutor to be able to take “live” photos during a call, you can disable this function in the application “Settings” → “FaceTime” on your device.

Do not underestimate the benefits of the aforementioned features, especially when it comes to snapshot notifications. Of course, the interlocutor can quietly take a normal screenshot, there is nothing you can do about it, but you won’t be able to take a “live” photo.

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime conversation

In order to disable the ability for the interlocutor to take “live” pictures, in the application “Settings” select FaceTime and just slide the switch next to the option Live Photo during FaceTime…

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime conversation

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: call, FaceTime, live, photos

How to make Live Photos from videos on iPhone and iPad?

03/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

From time to time, I back up my accumulated photos and videos from iPhone to Mac to create archives. Once, I decided to try to reproduce the long exposure effect on old Live Photos of Georgian waterfalls, the originals of which had long been removed from the iPhone.

♥ ON TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Smartphone Owner Should Know

Unfortunately, at that moment I did not know how to transfer Live Photos to Mac correctly, and therefore instead of “live photos” on my computer I found only ordinary videos in mov format.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

After transferring these videos back to the iPhone, the Photos application, naturally, did not recognize the former Live Photos in them – they were already just videos to which it was impossible to apply standard “live photo” effects.

In search of a solution, I came across a simple free IntoLive app that amazingly repaired all my broken Live Photos.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take a photo with a trail effect (long exposure) on an iPhone: 2 ways.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

1. Download the free IntoLive app from the App Store (link).

2. Launch the app and select the video you want to make Live Photos from.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

Note: As you know, the timing of “live photos” from Apple cannot exceed 3 seconds, but you can choose a video of any length. In the program itself, the video can be trimmed. If you use a long video, then the application will create Live Photos from the first three seconds of it.

3. In the next step, you can slightly edit the result. Use cropping, color correction, rotation, etc. Click the button Do in the upper right corner.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

4. In the context menu that appears, click No repetitions…

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

Wait a few seconds for the video to process, and then at the bottom of the app, click on Save Live Photos…

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

That’s all, this is how you created based on your video “Live photos”…

Received Live Photos will be saved to Album Photo Live Photos in the Photos app on iPhone.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

If you know an easier way to create Life Photos from video, please share in the comments.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPad, iPhone, live, photos, videos

How to Take Group Photos on iPhone – Tips from the Pros

03/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

A collective photo often has a rather important function – to capture a certain occasion or event in which friends, colleagues, relatives have gathered, and this picture can remain for them a source of pride and memories for many years. Therefore, in such cases, it is not enough just to stand nearby, hold hands and press a button.

You don’t have to hire a professional photographer with expensive equipment to take a good group photo. For ordinary cases, any modern smartphone equipped with a good camera, a little diligence and at least minimal knowledge that you will learn from this material will do just fine.

♥ ON TOPIC: IPhone Retouching: The Best iOS Photo Retouching Apps.

1. Think over the composition

You’ve probably noticed that most group photos are not posted on social networks by everyone present. Someone frankly did not work out, someone can hardly be seen in the background, and someone’s face was completely obscured by the hand of a neighbor. To avoid this, you need to think over the composition in advance and do not hesitate to arrange people according to your own idea, and not the way they want it.

In this case, it is necessary to take several (or preferably a dozen or two) photos in order to subsequently choose a really successful one. Yes, a somewhat prolonged filming process will inevitably cause dissatisfaction among some of those present, but the result is worth it.

♥ ON TOPIC: Continuous shooting on iPhone and iPad: how to take 10 frames per second and choose the best image.

2. Pick a background

How to take group photos on iPhone

A common mistake found in many amateur photographs is the background, which “eats” part of the viewer’s attention. That is, an inexperienced photographer chooses a complex architectural ensemble or, for example, a beautiful landscape with a lot of detail as a place, while the main subject of the composition should be people.

The background for a collective photo should be somewhat monotonous and even boring, if this is a room, then they are usually filmed just by the walls, on the street the sky, lawn, field, pond, snow-covered mountain, etc. will become an ideal background.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to Take Cool Black and White Photos on iPhone: Tips and Best Apps.

3. Add volume

How to take group photos on iPhone

A classic group photo with people lined up (or several) has very little to do with a good shot. Such a composition rarely looks natural and hardly able to attract attention to itself. If you are not photographing footballers before a match or soldiers before swearing in, then it is better to broaden the perspective by placing people closer and further away from the photographer, while not creating large gaps between them in the horizontal projection.

In addition, you can use surrounding objects, for example, an open gate or a door in the background can further deepen the shot. Thus, you will achieve the volumetric composition.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take photos correctly: 12 simple tips for those looking to improve the quality of their photos.

4. More dynamics and less space

How to take group photos on iPhone

In most cases, it’s best to have the people in the photo hugging, holding hands, and creating as little white space as possible. At the same time, professional photographers often ask models to communicate with each other during shooting to create an atmosphere of ease and naturalness.

How to take group photos on iPhone

♥ ON TOPIC: Color Accent: How to change individual colors in a photo to black and white on iPhone and iPad.

5. Seize the moment

How to take group photos on iPhone

Shoot on a count of three, as is usually done, but start shooting from a count of one, you are more likely to catch more natural faces and smiles before everyone tries to portray what they think is the most photogenic facial expression. Many successful collective photos are the result of the manifestation of imagination, for example, group photos in a jump are quite popular nowadays.

Jumping group photo

♥ ON TOPIC: Photoscan from Google for iPhone, or how to post old paper photos without glare on Instagram.

6. Use devices

Of course, it is very difficult to take a good group photo handheld, so it will not be superfluous to have a tripod with you. For example, for such (and many other) purposes, you can purchase a portable folding monopod tripod, which is useful for every iPhone lover and will not make a big hole in the budget (buy).

Tripod

Another very popular and inexpensive option is a spider tripod (octopus), which can be mounted on literally anything. Such an accessory is worth a mere penny, but it can come in handy at any time (buy).

How to Take Group Photos on iPhone - Tips from the Pros

Naturally, the photographer also wants to be present in the frame and for this you can use a delay, but making a high-quality picture in this way is quite difficult. It would be much better to get hold of an inexpensive remote control, which will also allow you to take remote selfies (buy).

bluetooth remote button

Additional optics will help to make the group photo original. For example, a wide-angle lens or a fish eye. For those who like to shoot on an iPhone (or other smartphone), a set of lenses from Apexel “6-in-1” in a neat compact pencil case (buy) will be a great help.

Detachable lens for iPhone

♥ ON TOPIC: How to look good in any photo: 5 simple tips.

7. Apply software

How to take group photos on iPhone

In the App Store, you can find a huge number of programs that will allow you to take a high-quality collective photo and improve it in the post-processing process. For example, Apple recommends using the Smile feature of the app Camera + 2, which releases the shutter only at the moment when everyone in the frame is smiling.

Applications can be used to adjust contrast, brightness and saturation, and apply a variety of filters. VSCO, Adobe lightroom cc or Darkroom…

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: group, iPhone, photos, Pros, tips

How to take photos with the Rule of Thirds on iPhone

01/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Professionals and amateur photographers are familiar with the so-called “rule of thirds”. This rule of thumb for frame composition is a simplified version of the golden ratio and allows you to create emotionally intense photographs. As a rule, the objects that you want to draw the viewer’s attention to should be located along the horizontal and vertical lines dividing the frame in thirds, or at their intersection.

♥ ON TOPIC: Mistakes of novice photographers, or how to take pictures correctly.

In order to simplify the task for the photographer, the iPhone has a special grid that divides the frame into thirds with horizontal and vertical lines. Just go to “Settings” and in the section “Camera” move the slider opposite the option “Net”…

How to turn on the display of the level on iPhone when taking a photo from top to bottom

Now, when you take pictures with your iPhone, a grid will appear on the screen, dividing the screen into nine rectangles. It will look something like this:

The

The grid is useful for shooting a wide variety of subjects. Below we will show you how to use it for landscape photography.

When shooting landscapes, it is important to correctly position the horizon line. According to the “rule of thirds”, the horizon should be located along the bottom or top line, but never in the middle. Think carefully about what should take up more space in your picture, the earth or the sky. If you want to emphasize the ground (trees, buildings, etc.), place the horizon along the top line, the fir trees in the sky along the bottom.

In this photo, the main object is the Mercedes-Benz Stadium building. As you can see, most of the roof runs along the top horizontal line.

The

If you want to emphasize the sky instead of the building, place the horizon line at the bottom of the frame. Typically, this kind of composition is used for shooting a sunset. In contrast to the previous photo, in the picture below, the horizon is located along the lower horizontal line.

The

As you can judge for yourself, everything is very simple. The Rule of Thirds is easy to use, but remember that photography is an art and should not be guided by dry rules alone. Different situations require different compositions.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, photos, Rule, Thirds

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook so that photos and videos appear on these social networks automatically

24/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

Nowadays, the popular classic social networks – Facebook, Vkontakte and Odnoklassniki go hand in hand with Instagram. More recently, these services have offered a seamless integration that you will surely enjoy. About what are the advantages of this solution, and how to quickly set up everything – in our material.

♥ ON TOPIC: Most Popular People on Instagram – 40 accounts with the most followers.

Why bind Instagram to Vkontakte, Facebook, Twitter or Odnoklassniki?

If the same Twitter publishes Instagram posts only in the form of regular web links, then Facebook, Vkontakte and Odnoklassniki allow you to share an image from the “insta” even through a branded application (the result will appear in the news feed and in a separate album called Instagram). If you like to receive “likes” – who doesn’t? – for your pictures, you can do it in all major social networks, of course, provided that you are registered there.

How to link Instagram to Facebook, Vkontakte or Odnoklassniki

How to link Instagram to Facebook, Vkontakte or Odnoklassniki

In addition, Vkontakte, Facebook and Odnoklassniki are still visited by a lot more people than Instagram, so the coverage of your publication there is likely to be higher (if, of course, your posts in the feed are available to everyone).

It is also worth noting here that the most advanced integration is, of course, provided by Facebook (the company owns the Instagram service). News feed algorithms for Instagram prioritize posts with higher social engagement, additional likes can help you climb higher in the news feed.

Linking Instagram to Vkontakte, Facebook and Odnoklassniki accounts is a way to show photos to all, all your friends. After all, someone “lives” exclusively on Facebook or Odnoklassniki, while someone has been opening only Instagram on the iPhone for a long time. And so everyone will know about your activity!

Finally, seamless integration between social networks allows you to copy Instagram posts to Facebook, Vkontakte and Odnoklassniki while preserving key details – location data, hashtags and emoji. The mentioned social networks will publish photos or videos from Instagram in their feed, as well as save all the content in a special album called Instagram, and as a result, it will not be difficult for you to tag your friends on them.

♥ ON TOPIC: Blue Check Mark on Instagram: How to Get Verified Instagram Account Status.

How to link Instagram to Facebook, Vkontakte or Odnoklassniki

To begin with, this can only be done through the Instagram mobile app for iOS or Android – nothing will come out of a desktop computer.

1. Open the Instagram app and click on the icon with three horizontal lines in the upper right corner.

2. On the profile page, click on the icon with the image of three horizontal lines and in the menu that opens, select Settings,

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

3. Follow the path Account -> Publishing to other apps…

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

4. Select the necessary social networks: Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki, Facebook, etc.

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

5. In order to link Instagram to the selected social networks, log in (enter your username and password to enter the social network).

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

That’s all! Now your Instagram accounts are linked to social networks Facebook, Vkontakte and Odnoklassniki, and you don’t have to publish the same photos twice.

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook♥ ON TOPIC: Instagram cache on iPhone: where to watch it and how to clear it.

How to publish photos and videos from Instagram on Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

When posting a new photo or video, select the social network in which you want to cross-post and click Share this…

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

♥ ON TOPIC: 23 extreme Instagram selfies (photos and videos) in places where it’s easy to lose your life.

How to untie Instagram from Vkontakte, Facebook and Odnoklassniki

Of course, you can opt out of syncing data in your accounts at any time. To do this, go back to the settings section Publishing to other applications, select the name of the social network and click on the button Unlink account…

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: automatically, Facebook, Instagram, link, networks, Odnoklassniki, photos, social, videos, VKontakte

How do I change album art in the Photos app on iPhone?

22/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

In its Photos app, iPhone displays the newest photos on the covers of user albums by default. This makes the application look fresh and dynamic. True, not everyone may like this approach – sometimes you want the picture to be static and chosen by the user himself. But you can change the behavior of the application very quickly, for this you only need to make a couple of taps on the screen.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it without installing any applications.

How to set your picture on the gallery in “Photos” on the iPhone?

1. Open the album in which you need to change the cover.

2. Find the photo you need, which will be the title photo in the future, press and hold your finger on it.

How to change album art in Photos app on iPhone?

3. When the context menu appears, simply select “Make a cover photo”…

How to change album art in Photos app on iPhone?

This and all the steps that will help you set a new cover for the album. And to revert back to the default behavior of the application, simply remove the current cover from the album. The display of the last photo taken will then resume.

However, this way you can use only those pictures that are already in the album. If the photo is not in it, then you will have to put it inside. Only then will it be possible to use it as a title. Please note that this method does not affect the “Recent” and “Favorites” albums. There, the newest photo will always be displayed on the cover, the user cannot change this.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: album, App, art, change, iPhone, photos

How to draw (mark up) photos in Photos on Mac (macOS)

17/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

The Photos app on Mac includes a set of drawing tools called “Markup», Which can be used to add pictures, doodles, sketches, handwritten text, annotations and other elements to any picture.

♥ ON TOPIC: Birthdays on iPhone, iPad and Mac: How to add and enable reminders.

Like many other features in Mac, the editing toolbox is subtle and easy to overlook. The instructions below will show you how to access the toolkit and use it for drawings in photographs.

You can draw on any photo or image in the Photos app, whether it was copied to Photos from an iPhone or digital camera, or imported directly into the app. If you have a desire to try out the functionality, make a copy of the picture or image on which you are going to paint, or select the photo that you are not sorry to ruin.

♥ ON TOPIC: Features of the ⌥Option (Alt) key on Mac (macOS) that you might not know about.

How to use editing tools to add pictures to photos in the Photos app on Mac

1. Open the app “Photo” on Mac and select the image to which you want to add a picture or edit.

2. Press the “Edit»(Button with sliders) in the upper right corner of the toolbar.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

3. Now select the option “Extensions»At the top of the panel.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

4. From the drop-down menu, select “Markup”…

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

5. Use the tools to paint directly on the photo. The menu contains various brushes, pencils, tools for creating shapes, editing line widths, adding text and editing a font, as well as a color palette.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

6. After you finish drawing, press the button. “Save” in the upper right corner of the app.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

7. Click “Ready”to save the drawing to a snapshot.

You can save the image to the app gallery, export it, share your creation with your friends, send it in a message, etc.

With a suite of editing tools, you can also add annotations to attachments in emails in the app “Mail”… In a programme “Photo” iPhones and iPads have a similar set of tools, albeit accessed in a slightly different way.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: draw, Mac, macOS, Mark, photos

How to link to photos stored on iPhone

15/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

Standard function Shared Albums on iOS, iPadOS and macOS offers iPhone, iPad and Mac owners to easily share their photos and videos with any user (including Android, Windows, etc.). In this case, on the basis of the icloud.com website, a photo website is created from individual photos and videos or entire albums.

♥ ON TOPIC: IPhone Live Photos Editing: How to Apply Effects, Remove Audio, and Crop.

What is it for?

The owner of such a photo website can invite other users to add new materials to the Internet album and share it with all or selected contacts.

It should be added that the function Shared Albums allows not only to share photos and videos, but also to rate and comment on them.

This feature can be very useful in travel or business trips – the footage can be automatically sent to a certain circle of people or posted in the public domain.

The resulting link to Shared Album can be viewed in the browser of any computer, tablet or smartphone.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on iPhone or iPad

one… On iPhone or iPad, open the app Settings and go to section Photo…

2… Activate the switch Shared Albums…

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

3… Open the section Mediathek annexes Photo or a finished album created earlier (instructions) and press the button Select in the upper right corner, select a photo (video) to add to the “Internet album” and click the button Share this…

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

4… Select an option Share…

5… Enter the name of the album, for example: “Trip to Spain “ or “Wedding of Anton and Tatiana “ (in our case Apple) and press the button Further in the upper right corner.

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

6… Enter the email addresses (optional) of the users you want to invite to Shared Album (they will receive an e-mail invitation) or leave this field blank in order to create an “Internet album” with open access (in this case, your photos and videos will be visible only to those who receive a link to the album from you).

Click on Create…

7… Enter a comment for the photo or video (optional) and click the button Publish…

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

eight… Go to the app Photo in the tab Albums…

9… In chapter Shared Albums you will see all created albums with access. Select the one you are interested in.

10… To configure access, click the icon People in the upper right corner.

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

– to send invitations, click Invite Users… The selected users will receive notifications to the specified email address.

– in order to allow subscribers to also publish new photos and videos to your album, activate the switch Publishing by subscribers…

– in order to make the album available on the Internet via a link, activate the switch Open website… On the other hand, turn off this switch in case you need to remove the album from public access.

– in order to share a link to Open website, press the button “Share link “, from the pop-up menu that appears, select Copy…

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

– to enable notifications when new photos and videos are added from album subscribers, turn on the switch Notifications…

– to delete an album, click at the very bottom of the link button “Delete shared album “…

eleven. To add new photos and videos to the selected album, use the button “+”…

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

Created Shared Album will look on the Internet as concise tiles of added photos and videos that expand to fill the device screen when pressed. In addition, you can view the album in the Slide show…

mobile version Shared Album:

How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it

Computer version Shared Album:

How to get a link to a photo or video from an iPhone How to get a link to a photo or video from an iPhone

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

one… Open the section Mediathek Applications Photo or finished album created earlier and select the photo (video) to add to the “Internet album”.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

We talked about how to select photos (files) that are not nearby in the list on Mac in this article.

2… Click the “Share this“On the toolbar or follow the path File → Share on the menu bar.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

3… Select “Shared Albums“. You will notice at the top of the small window the number of photos in the album that you will be sharing.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

4… Select “New shared album“.

5… Give your album a name. You can add people to share with them right away, or you can postpone this step for later. Optionally, you can add comments to the album.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

6… Click “Create“.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

After that, you should see your newly created shared album in the sidebar under “Shared Albums”…

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

7… To configure access, click the icon People on the top panel.

To get a link to Shared Album, check the box next to Open website.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

♥ ON TOPIC: Which Smartphone Has the Best Camera in 2022 – Top 15.

Conclusion

When you create an album in Photos, you may not know that you will want to share your photos in the future. These can be photographs from a recent holiday or other celebration, or simply photographs of pets or your home projects.

Do you share your albums? Do you prefer to create them initially like this, or would you just use our advice if necessary?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, link, photos, stored

[Оптическая иллюзия] Why do these two identical photos seem different?

11/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

Two roads parted – and drove the entire progressive Internet crazy (again). A Reddit user shared an unusual photo. On it is a narrow city street, as if taken from two different perspectives – almost straight ahead and on the right side. Well this is obvious! It would seem, what’s the big deal? Nothing – if you do not take into account the fact that the picture is the same!

Yes, look at the “photo” on the right of the collage. To put an end to possible disputes, let’s just say – no, the photographer was not standing on the right side of the street. If you superimpose the pictures one on top of the other, it will immediately become clear – they are identical!

optical illusion

♥ ON TOPIC: The best optical illusions that have become Internet memes.

Great … but why don’t the two shots look the same ?!

It’s all about how our brains interpret lines in a 2D image.

When you actually take a photograph, it is a concept that photographers call converging lines. If you are standing in the middle of a straight, level road and photographing, the lines at the farthest edge of the road seem to merge with each other.

But our brain “knows” that these lines do not touch, just the distance creates the optical illusion that they are getting closer to each other. As a result, the brain “sees” not the converging lines, but “depth”. In the photo from the street, we know that a passenger car is actually no larger than a truck. We understand that it is closer – since these lines allow the brain to see depth in the image.

Photographers are very fond of this effect – after all, it makes a “three-dimensional” image out of a “flat” image.

But, since the brain is still here, that these lines in the photo do not actually intersect – why do these identical photos not look like that? It’s all about how both pictures are positioned. Look at them so that they are one above the other, and not next to each other – and you will see two completely identical images.

optical illusion

Another Reddit user suggests covering the bottom of the double picture with something (a sheet of paper or just your palm) – and make sure that both pictures are identical at the top. But it is enough to remove the “barrier” and the illusion will repeat itself again. Hell, you can look at all this forever!

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: identical, photos, иллюзия, Оптическая

How to teach iPhone to take photos faster?

08/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

It’s no secret that a smartphone has replaced a camera for most people. It is easier to use the phone’s camera, and the quality of the pictures is already at a fairly high level. But sometimes you don’t want to waste precious seconds, but take pictures even faster. There is an option in the iPhone settings “Faster shutter response”which will allow the smartphone to take more photos in a shorter period of time.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

Most modern iPhones have a feature that lets you choose between taking a quick photo or taking better quality photos. This feature allows you to consciously prioritize faster shooting, so your smartphone takes less time to process your images. It will be easier for you to capture memorable moments. Here’s how you can enable or disable this feature.

♥ ON TOPIC: Mistakes of novice photographers, or how to take pictures correctly.

IPhone photography: speed or quality?

By default, most modern iPhones have a feature that prioritizes faster shooting. This feature changes the way the iPhone processes images so that when you press the shutter button, the smartphone can take more pictures in less time.

How does changing priority to faster shooting work? When you quickly press the shutter button, your iPhone analyzes the actions, understands their sequence, and automatically adjusts the image processing to take more shots per unit of time.

Of course, using this feature means you actually have to choose between quality or quantity. The faster you want to take pictures, the less time the iPhone will have to process the images (software enhancement of the picture). The photo will still look good, but not as awesome as if you were just taking one shot at a time. But at least you will have a better chance of taking a picture at the right moment in time, and then editing the frame.

♥ ON TOPIC: Continuous shooting on iPhone and iPad: how to take 10 frames per second and choose the best image.

Which iPhones support faster shooting?

The ability to prioritize faster shooting is available if you have an iPhone XS, iPhone XR, or a later model from Apple. In addition, you must have at least iOS 13 installed on your iPhone. You can check your current iOS version by going to Settings → Basic→ Software update…

♥ ON TOPIC: How to display photos or videos from iPhone or iPad to TV – 4 ways.

How do I enable or disable Quick Shot priority?

Faster Capture should be enabled on your iPhone by default, but if you want the best quality shots at all times, or just want to know where the feature is, here’s where you can find it:

1. Open “Settings”…

2. Scroll down and select “Camera”…

3. Scroll down again and move the slider opposite the parameter to one side or the other. “Quick Shot Priority”…

How to make your iPhone take photos faster?

♥ ON TOPIC: How to recognize text from photos on iPhone without installing third-party applications.

Don’t miss a valuable moment!

The choice of the shooting scenario is up to the user. You can take more pictures, or you can let your iPhone slower, but better process them. Apple subtly assists users by making Quick Shot priority enabled by default. However, the image quality can still be amazing by simply pressing the shutter button more slowly.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: faster, iPhone, photos, teach

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

01/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

Apple’s iMovie app lets you edit videos right on your iPhone or iPad without having to use your computer. At the same time, you have the ability to remove unnecessary frames, apply filters and add music.

♥ ON TOPIC: What is QuickTake on iPhone, or how to take a video in Photo mode.

IMovie is developed by Apple and is completely free. With a user-friendly interface and support for intuitive Multi-Touch gestures, iMovie is one of the best video editors on iOS and iPadOS.

To create videos, you can use ready-made trailer templates with stunning graphics and music from popular composers. In addition, the program allows you to change transitions, overlay text, slow down and speed up video, add effects, etc.

Download iMovie for iPhone and iPad for free (App Store)

Create a project, upload photos and videos to iMovie on iPhone and iPad

1. Download and launch the iMovie app.

2. Click the button “Create a project” and select item “Movie”…

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

On the display of your device, you can see the content in your library.

3. Check the photos or videos you want to combine and click “Make a movie”…

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

After that, you can immediately see them in the timeline (timeline), which will allow you to start editing.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

4. Tap a video or photo in the timeline. A yellow border should appear around it. Move the frames on both sides to trim the video to the desired length. If you suddenly deleted an extra piece, you can undo your action by clicking on the button in the form of a rounded arrow on the right side of the screen.

If you want to divide the edited clip into several small fragments, select the file, drag the vertical white scale to the required place and click the button “Divide”…

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

To change the sequence of clips on the timeline, drag the selected video or photo to the desired location.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

To add new videos or photos, click the button “+”…

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

To remove unwanted uploaded photos or videos from the timeline, just click on them and swipe them up. At the same time, a dust cloud icon will appear on the upper right corner of the thumbnail.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

♥ ON TOPIC: Picture-in-picture mode on iPhone: how to turn it on and use.

How to change the speed of certain clips

In order to increase or decrease the speed of a certain clip, select it and in the lower menu click on the button with the speedometer icon. Use the slider to adjust the playback speed, if it is maximum, you get the effect of fast shooting.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

♥ ON TOPIC: How to hide (hide) photos or videos on iPhone or iPad.

How to add audio to video

To add music to a video, click on the “+” sign on the right and select “Audio”…

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

You can add your own sound files or choose from a variety of ready-made soundtracks.

The section “Audio Effects” will give you the opportunity to use the noise of the surf, the rumble of thunder, the roar of a car and other similar effects. You can add a voiceover, for this you need to click on the microphone icon, leaving the main menu.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

The melodies and sounds that you have chosen will be shown in the timeline below the video.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

They can also be edited: cut, increase and decrease the volume. Note that the soundtrack is muted by default. When working with transitions, it is worth aligning them with the rhythm of the music.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

♥ ON TOPIC: Tap on iPhone Cover – Take a screenshot: How to bind actions to tap on the back of an iPhone.

How to apply filters or overlay text to videos in iMovie on iPhone and iPad

To apply a filter on a frame, select a photo or clip in the timeline and click on the icon with three circles.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

In order to overlay text (titles), click the icon with the letter “T”…

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

If you want to see what the edit you made looks like, then move the vertical scale to the beginning of the frame. To rate your special effect or melody within the created video, click the play button.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to upload photos and videos to free unlimited cloud from iPhone or iPad to free up space.

How to customize transitions in iMovie

You’ve probably noticed that there are small squares on the timeline between the elements of the movie you are creating (be it photos or clips). These elements are responsible for the transition from one scene to another, making it smooth.

To edit the transition, click on the square and select the appropriate effect option in the lower menu.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

If two videos shot at the same time and in the same place are glued together, then you can try to abandon the transition altogether (there is such an option). Then the change of the picture will not seem too sharp. In the very bottom line, you can also set the transition speed. An interesting point – in the transitions “Slide” and “Shutter” you can change the direction of the effect by simply double-clicking on this icon.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

To test the transitions, click the button Play…

♥ ON TOPIC: In iOS, at the top of the screen, a green or orange indicator lights up: what are they for?

Final steps and video export to iMovie

After finishing editing, press the button Ready, after which the main page of the created project will open.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

To return to editing the project, press the button Edit…

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

To rename the project, tap the caption My project and enter a new name.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

To save the video to the Photos app, Files app, or send the video via social networks, click Share this and select the option you want.

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

iMovie or how to make video editing (from video and photos) on iPhone or iPad for free

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: editing, free, iMovie, iPad, iPhone, photos, video

How to use Live Photos effects to capture fireworks

29/11/2021 by

[ad_1]

If earlier only an experienced photographer with expensive equipment could beautifully shoot fireworks, now everyone can do it. The main thing is to have an iPhone with Live Photos at hand.

First, let’s take a look at how Live Photos work. They are available on all iPhone 6s and up in the Camera app.

♥ ON TOPIC: Hidden iPhone Features: 25 iOS Features You May Not Know About.

To enable Live Photos, do the following:

1. Launch the Camera application on your iPhone or iPad as you always do.

2. Click on the icon with one large and two radiating circles. This will activate Live Photos for your snapshots.

How to use Live Photos effects to capture fireworks

3. Take a photo.

4. Open the Photos app and select a photo taken using Live Photos (the word “LIVE” will be indicated in the upper right corner of the photo).

5. Click on the “LIVE” icon and in the menu that appears, select the Live Photos effect – Pendulum or A loop (examples of use below).

How to use Live Photos effects to capture fireworks

Note. On older iOS versions, to access the section Effects, slide the screen with the photo from bottom to top (see screenshot below).

How to use Live Photos effects to capture fireworks

A loop – The Live Photo will be looped, i.e. will repeat itself over and over again.

Pendulum – turns Live Photo into a looped snapshot that is played back and forth.

Play around with both special effects and choose the one that suits your live fireworks recording best. Pay attention – no one forces you to make a decision “once and for all”! If you wish, you can also return to the menu mentioned above and apply another effect to Live Photos (if you don’t like the chosen one in the end).

Pendulum:

How to use Live Photos effects to capture fireworks

A loop:

How to use Live Photos effects to capture fireworks How to use Live Photos effects to capture fireworks

I personally prefer Pendulumsince I have long been of the opinion that Live Photos with it turn out to be a little more interesting. But also the effect A loop not bad at all. In general, the choice (as always) is yours.

P.S. If you want to share Live Photos with another user, he will receive it either as a video file with the .mov extension, or as an animated GIF (instruction).

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: capture, effects, fireworks, live, photos

Hidden folders and files in Windows 10: how to hide (show) photos, videos, documents, drives

28/11/2021 by

[ad_1]

Most operating systems do not consider it necessary to show all files to their users, for the sake of their safety, at least. In Windows, you can also hide not only files, but also folders, and even entire disks. This trick is regularly used by advanced users. If initially the function was a systemic one to protect service files from accidental deletion, now this way confidentiality is ensured: often you need to hide certain information from other users.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to find a forgotten Wi-Fi password on a Windows computer: 4 ways.

Suppose that you want to hide some files or folders, or even drives, or see them in Windows 10. What if one of the default tools doesn’t work? Let’s take a look at all the ways in which you can hide or find a hidden file, folder and drive on your computer.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to Upload Photos and Videos to Instagram from Mac or Windows Computer.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

Using the “Explorer” menu

Open up “Conductor” Windows and select all files and folders you want to hide. Click on the button Hide Selected Itemsto hide them.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

The icons for hidden files will become dimmer.

The icons for hidden files will become dimmer.

To return to the previous mode of displaying these elements, use the same button again.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to speed up your Windows 10, 8, 7 PC: 20 tips.

Using the Folder Options menu

This method worked in Windows 8.1 and earlier versions of the operating system. Open up “Conductor”but this time right click on any folder where you want to hide files and folders.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

We need a parameter “Properties”…

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

In the tab “General” you will find the attribute “Hidden”… Activate it to hide the selected folder with files in it.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

Repeat the same process and uncheck this box to show the hidden file folders you previously selected.

♥ ON TOPIC: Windows “con” folder: why can’t I create a directory with this name?

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

Using the “Explorer” menu

Open up “Conductor”… In the tab “View” you can find the checkbox “Hidden items”… Activate this box and you will be able to see all hidden files and folders inside the directory you are in.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

This menu was added in the version of the program for Windows 10. Previously, you had to go to the properties of folders to give permission to display hidden files and folders. When you finish working with the desired catalog, simply uncheck the box and the hidden elements will disappear again.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

♥ ON TOPIC: Best Lightroom Equivalents: 10 Unsubscribed Apps for Windows and Mac.

Using the Control Panel

If for some reason the above method doesn’t work for you, there is another way. Press the keys Win + Sto open the search menu, search for “Control Panel” and open it.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

In the search box already “Control panels” find “Conductor”…

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

You will see the item “Explorer Options”…

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

In the tab “View” activate the required option Show hidden files, folders and drives or “Do not show hidden files, folders and drives”… Click on Apply and OK…

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

It is important to understand that this is a universal setting, meaning the ability to show or hide hidden files, folders and drives everywhere, and not just in the folder that you are viewing. If you want to perform specific actions on a specific folder, then follow the first method.

♥ ON TOPIC: Windows computer freezes? Hotkeys to help solve the problem.

Using the registry

We do not recommend using this option until you try the others. It is worth resorting to working with the registry if other options do not work. In order to find and open the registry editor, press the key combination Win + Rto open the window “Run”, then enter the command regedit and press “Enter” to run the application.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

Now navigate to the specified registry key:

Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Explorer Advanced

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

Double click on the parameter Hidden in the right window pane and set the value 1to show hidden files, folders and drives, or 2to hide them.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

♥ ON TOPIC: How to disable Windows 10 login password: working methods.

How to reliably hide a specific file or folder so that they cannot be seen using the usual (above) methods

Pay attention to this unusual trick. Hiding a file or folder using the command below from a terminal window will more reliably hide the object. This means that no user will be able to view the hidden file or folder even if the corresponding attribute is changed from the folder options. This provides you with an extra layer of security because anyone with access to your computer can view files and folders using their properties and attributes function.

Make a note of the path to the file you want to hide in the first place. You can copy it from the explorer search bar.

How to securely hide a specific file or folder

How to securely hide a specific file or folder

Now run the CMD application (command line) with administrator rights

How to find out the password for a Wi-Fi network to which the computer was previously connected

and enter a command like this:

attrib C:Users<имя пользователя>PicturesDownloadsfilename.png +s +h

In our case, we got the command:

attrib C:UsersYablykDocumentsSecret +s +h

Note: This method does not support Cyrillic characters, which means that the file or folder must have a name consisting of Latin letters or numbers without spaces.

How to securely hide a specific file or folder

Be sure to change the username to the name from your computer and the further part of the path up to filename.png to the path to the file you need with its correct extension.

Attribute + s will tell the operating system that this is a system file that needs to be protected, and + h will tell the file to be hidden forever.

You can use this same command to hide the folder. And to display the file or folder again, use the minus sign (-s -h).

attrib C:UsersYablykDocumentsSecret -s -h

We suggest that you first practice on a temporary file, because you obviously do not want to lose access to an important file / folder.

♥ ON TOPIC: 32- or 64-bit Windows: What’s the Difference and Which System Should I Install?

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

You can hide the entire drive using Registry Editor. This cannot be done in the control panel or in the folder options menu.

Open Registry Editor and navigate to the specified registry key:

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Policies Explorer

Click on the blank space on the right and select Create → Parameter DWORD (32 bits)…

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

Give the parameter a name NoDrives, save it and then double-click it to edit it.

In chapter Calculus system select an option Decimal… And as The values enter the number of the disk you want to hide. How do you find the disk number, you ask, because it is usually represented in the form of an alphabet letter, C or D?

This can actually be done quite easily. Letter A corresponds to the number 1, Letter B to 2, C is equal to 4, D is equal to 8, and so on. Each letter has a doubled number of the previous letter. It is not hard to guess that drive E will correspond to the number 16. This number must be entered as the value of the specified registry parameter.

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

But what if you want to hide several different drives? Just add their numbers and enter the resulting number. For example, if you want to hide disks A and D, then add 1 to 8. Parameter NoDrives should be equal to 9. Do not forget to save the registry value and restart your computer.

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

To map the drive (s) again, simply delete the NoDrives entry you created above.

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically switch the language (layout) on the keyboard in macOS or Windows.

Third Party Applications

There are a number of third-party applications on the market that can help you easily manage, hide or show files, folders and drives on your Windows 10 computer. These applications have a number of additional features that we will discuss.

The first program is Secret Disk, which creates a hidden and password-protected virtual disk on your computer to save confidential files and folders. The basic version of the application is free, and its functionality is sufficient for most users.

The second application is My Lockbox, which adds its own icon to the desktop. Using the icon, you can quickly hide or show files and folders anywhere. The program works with keyboard shortcuts. The free version can lock a single folder with an unlimited number of subdirectories and files inside.

There are other apps that can help you hide files, folders, and drives in Windows 10, but that should be enough to keep things organized. In this operating system, there are several ways to hide information, it all depends on which files or folders you are trying to hide and how. You can choose one of the methods we have proposed, just make sure that you clearly understand all the difficulties that you may face.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Documents, drives, Files, folders, Hidden, hide, photos, show, videos, windows

How to remove location data from photos on iPhone and iPad

26/11/2021 by

[ad_1]

All photos and videos we take with iPhone or iPad contain information about the place where they were taken. It’s about metadata. This information makes it easier to organize and sort your media files. But transferring photos and videos into the wrong hands will allow outsiders to know where you live, work or play. Fortunately, starting with iOS 13, it is possible to easily erase geotags from images and videos before uploading them.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to find out the GPS coordinates of a photo (where it was taken) on an iPhone.

How to remove location data from photos and videos to keep your location private

When someone shares a photo, the information in the form of geolocation coordinates also goes to EXIF ​​with it. The recipient can use the usual Photo application to determine where the picture was taken – at home, at work, or elsewhere. Prior to iOS 13, there were several practical solutions for removing geotagging from photos and videos. For example, you could simply turn off the location service, create a screenshot of a photo, or delete / change the GPS coordinates recorded in the snapshot using third-party applications (links at the end of the article).

However, iOS now has a built-in feature that allows the user to remove location information from a photo, video, or even groups of them. Then the media files can be sent via messages, mail, AirDrop, Facebook, Vkontakte, instant messengers, etc. This will allow the author of the photo not to worry about the fact that someone with negative goals will know your location from the photo from your iPhone.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to view photos and videos taken on an iPhone or iPad on a map.

1. Open the Share menu

Deleting location data is only possible in the Photos application. That is why, in order to clear geotags, it is necessary to organize general access to media files directly from “Photos”. In this app, find the album or section that contains the content you want to send. To send one photo or video, simply open it and click the button Share… And to share already several photos and videos, click “Select” in an album or section, mark them all, and only then press the button Share… The panel will open Share to set up data transfer.

How to remove location data from photos on iPhone and iPad

♥ ON TOPIC: How to show thumbnails of photos and videos with actual aspect ratios in Photos on iOS.

2. Delete location data before sending

At the top of the menu Share (activity view) you will be able to see the definition of the location for the selected media. This can be an indication of a specific city or a phrase “With geo-position.”…

Now at the top click on the word “Options” with an arrow.

How to remove location data from photos on iPhone and iPad

In chapter “Metadata” set the switch “Geolocation” to the off position. This will remove the embedded coordinate data from a photo, video, or a group of them. It remains to press “Ready” and now above the media file at the top it will be written “Without geo-location.”… You can now share photos through your preferred app or service as usual.

How to remove location data from photos on iPhone and iPad

♥ ON TOPIC: How to sort photos and videos using search filters in the Photos app on iPhone and iPad.

3. Make sure to remove location data from photos or videos

How to remove location data from photos on iPhone and iPad

The Photos app lets you see where a photo or video was taken. You just need to swipe your finger on the picture. When the location service is turned on, a fragment of the map appears under the picture showing the point where the picture was taken. In the case of remote coordinates using the above method and transferring the image or video to another person, the third-party device will not be able to determine the location of the picture.

It is important to note that this function only affects photos and videos that you send in messages, mail or social network… Locally stored media will contain location data. In any case, the photo will also contain metadata about the time the photo was taken, the type of device, shutter speed and aperture.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to track someone who was gifted an iPhone.

How to Remove Location Data from Photos on iPhone or iPad with iOS 10 – iOS 12

It should be noted that deleting metadata is also possible on other versions of iOS, although for this you need to use third-party applications such as Exif Metadata, Metadata Cut, Photo Investigator, Koredoko and others.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: data, iPad, iPhone, location, photos, remove

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

22/11/2021 by

[ad_1]

Photography is a great way to preserve the memory of a person. Many years will pass, he will leave this world, and a living face will remain in the picture. It will remind loved ones of what this person was, how many memories are associated with him … True, in the 19th century, the approach to photographs was somewhat different. At one time, staged photographs of dead people even became fashionable. And it was not an isolated whim, but a whole direction in photography. And there are explanations for this.

♥ ON TOPIC: A film you will never see is filmed – premiered in 2115.

The emergence of posthumous photography

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Daguerreotype (an old method of photographing on a metal plate covered with a layer of porous silver) was the first relatively working and mass technology for creating photographs. She appeared in 1839. And if earlier the creation of portraits was an opportunity available only to rich people, now science has provided even the middle class with pictures. The portraits were relatively inexpensive and were created quickly – there was no need to wait for months for the artist to finish his work. People immediately appreciated the new opportunities, because with their help it was possible to preserve the appearance of deceased relatives as a keepsake. And with the advent of new technologies, for example, the collodion process, it became possible to print several photographs from one negative.

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Such photographs reminded of the transience of life, but much more acted as a sentimental monument to the deceased. It even got to the point that people were filming dead children, including newborns. I must say that in that era, infant mortality was very high. Often, the portrait of a deceased child was generally his only one left in the family. At the end of the 19th century, posthumous photography was at its peak. However, in the next century, fashion faded away. Perhaps world wars and epidemics have changed the way people think about death. She began to scare.

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

The first representative of this genre, it is believed, was “Self-portrait in the form of a drowned man.” It was created in 1840 by Hippolyte Bayard, one of the pioneers of technology. He photographed himself half-naked in a sitting position with his head tilted to one side and eyes closed. The photo became a form of protest for Bayard, who demanded recognition of his merits in promoting photography technology.

Hippolyte Bayard - post-mortem photos

♥ ON TOPIC: The spacesuit and the butterfly is a book written with the eye.

How has the style of posthumous photography changed?

In the first post-mortem photographs (from Lat. Post mortem – after death), the composition was very simple – the face of the deceased was shown in close-up, and sometimes the body even lay in a coffin. But the most interesting thing is what made this genre itself so memorable – photographs of the dead in relaxed and natural poses, as if he were alive or deeply asleep. Children were placed in strollers, on highchairs or sofas, surrounded by toys or dolls.

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

At the same time, group photos were popular, where next to the deceased were members of his family, closest relatives.

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Moreover, the staged shots were made not only in the house of the deceased, but even in a photo studio. The photo below shows a museum exposition showing the process of shooting a post-mortem photo.

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Special devices were used to hold the body in a standing position. And to make the face look as vital as possible, sometimes the artist painted on open eyes on top of the eyelids. The cheeks were browned to hide the pallor.

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Post-mortem photos: photographs of the dead as living

Later, people stopped engaging in such delights, but simply photographed their relatives in a coffin, surrounded by all relatives and friends who came to the funeral. It must be said that such traditions are still preserved in Eastern Europe.

♥ ON TOPIC: Ventriloquists (ventrologists), or how to speak and sing without opening your mouth (video).

Posthumous photography as an art genre

I must say that posthumous photography was of interest not only to ordinary people. Many famous photographers have worked in this genre. For example, Nadar often photographed the dead. It was this master who left us a posthumous photo of Victor Hugo.

posthumous photo of Victor Hugo

Today, a lot of research is devoted to the art of photography, and posthumous photography is not overlooked. Experts believe that this genre appeared as an opportunity to highlight the difference between the living and the dead. It was later that a variety of subjects was formed, at the same time death became the main theme in photography. In Roland Barthes’ fundamental work on the theory of photography, “Camera Lucida”, a lot of attention is paid to the relationship between the living and the dead, as an instrument of the language of the new fine art.

Posthumous photography not only emphasized the difference between the living and the dead, but also provided another tradition – to depict the living in the form of the dead. We have already talked about the example of Hippolyte Bayard. But this trend has a completely logical explanation. Early photographs were not created instantly; the subject had to pose for a long time due to the long exposure. And it was easy to explain the immobility of the model and the unnaturalness of her posture by death.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Dead, living, Photographs, photos, Postmortem

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

19/11/2021 by

[ad_1]

The Photos app in macOS has long allowed you to not only view your photos, but also edit them. As part of this development, Apple has improved the touch-up tool with the release of macOS Big Sur.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to change / replace the sky in a photo using the Luminar app on Windows or Mac.

Can I do this in the Photos app on Mac?

Even the best photographers feel the need to edit their work for optimal results. While there are many ways to control the camera and subject, sometimes there are things that the person simply cannot influence at the moment the picture is taken.

These problems can manifest themselves in different ways depending on the type of photograph. A portrait photographer may want to remove blemishes from a subject’s face, while a landscape or street photographer may want to remove ugly details from buildings or people (bomber) who accidentally enter the frame. Whatever the reason, the problem is always the same: there is something in the photo that needs to be hidden or removed. In cases where it is not possible to simply crop the frame and remove the unwanted element located on the side, active processing of the image itself will be required.

Most people in such a situation immediately think of the need to use Photoshop or another similar professional image editing tool. These are the only products that can be very expensive or difficult to learn. And Mac users can use the Photos app to make simple changes.

The Touch Up tool in Photos is a standard part of this image editing application. We inform the utility about the part of the image that needs to be deleted, and the program already takes some of the pixels from another place in the image, automatically copies it and inserts the patch in the right place. Of course, the retouching tool is very handy, but it is based on placing blocks of pixels next to each other, which can be reused. In earlier implementations, the tool was not smart enough to be easily used. During retouching, artifacts in the form of pixels located next to the original ones were also copied. In the end, one problem was eliminated, but another arose.

With the release of macOS Big Sur, Apple has updated the Touch Up tool to use “additional machine learning” for this task. While the phrase itself is a great marketing tool, it actually works better in practice. Retouching is now smarter when it comes to finding and using adjacent pixels to apply a patch.

Now this tool has never been easier.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to recognize people you know in photos in Photos on Mac.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

1. Select a photo and press the button. “Edit” in the upper right corner.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

2. On the tab “Correction” click the arrow in the sidebar next to the field “Retouch”to display a slider and a brush button.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

3. Click the brush button next to the slider. Use the slider to the right or left to adjust the size of the brush circle.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

4. Click or click and drag the brush circle over the element you want to remove.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on MacHow to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

5. When you are finished editing the image, click the “Done” button in the upper right corner of the application.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

This procedure is usually suitable for most retouching tasks, and the Photos application is usually good at determining which pixels to copy. However, there are some situations where you might want to manually select the pixel source for a patch. For example, in the case of too complex images, the automatic system may fail, which will lead to the creation of a poor-quality patch.

♥ ON TOPIC: Action Center in macOS. How to invoke, configure and optimize.

How do I manually select the source for the photo retouching tool for macOS?

1. Select a photo and click “Edit”. Click the Adjustments tab, then click the arrow in the sidebar next to the Touch Up button.

2. Click the brush button next to the slider. Use the slider to the right or left to adjust the size of the brush circle.

3. Hold down the Option (Alt) key and click on the area of ​​the image that you want to use as the starting point.

4. Release the Option (Alt) key and use a brush to paint over the area you want to fix.

5. To stop using the selected location in the photo, Control-click the image and select Clear Selected Retouching Origin…

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

♥ ON TOPIC: How to customize Control Center in macOS Big Sur.

Unfortunately, not all Mac users will be able to take advantage of the updated tool. Improved tool requires a 15-inch MacBook Pro or 16-inch MacBook Pro from 2016 or later, Retina 5K iMac 2014 or later, Retina 4K iMac 2017 or later, iMac Pro, Mac Pro, according to Apple support docs. 2013 or newer.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Mac, object, person, photo, photos, remove

Why are all official Apple Watch photos set to 10:09?

14/11/2021 by

[ad_1]

This tradition of watchmakers has been around for almost a century and the Cupertino company, as a new representative of this industry, could not ignore it. But she neatly broke the rules and introduced a slight dissonance, hinting at aspects that were significant for the brand. Those who looked closely at the clock during the presentation already understood what was at stake.

♥ BY THEME: How to set your Apple Watch to change automatically based on time and place.

Video on the topic:

In 1926, the Swiss Hamilton Watch Company, when advertising a new watch model, for the first time moved the hands on the dial to the position of the beginning of 11 a.m. Hour for 10, minute for 10 minutes – the hands are located in relation to each other almost perfectly symmetrically. And they form a semblance of a frame for the corporate logo of the manufacturing company, traditionally engraved under the number 12.

Apple Watch Premium

The idea was then repeated many times by various watch companies, many have developed their own brand “exact time”. For example: 10:10:31 at Rolex, 10:10:10 at Bell & Ross, 10:10:37 – TAG Heuer badge. Now let’s take a look at the photos Apple Watch from the last presentation – 10 hours 9 minutes in the morning and exactly 30 seconds. Let us assume that everything is clear with the seconds, on the model of the dial of the classic type the second hand is beautifully directed straight down. The location of the hour hand is also not surprising, but how do you explain the choice of value for the minute?

Apple Watch Series 6 review

A small example, when a new iPhone model is shown next fall, a clock is always flaunted on the home screen, which is set at 9:41. This is a memory of the now legendary presentation of 2007, it was at 9:41 am PT that Steve Jobs presented the first iPhone to the world.

Apple Watch – a product of a new category, the progenitor of a whole range of successful gadgets. Symbolism in his advertising is more than appropriate, and it would be nice to start a new tradition. But what exactly did the Cupertinians want to say with the combination of 10:09:30? Perhaps this is a hairpin addressed to competitors, manufacturers of analog clocks, they say, our product is always one step (minute) ahead?

Apple Watch Series 6 vs Apple Watch SE comparison

There is another truthful version, namely, Apple’s attention to symmetry and detail. For example, the company does not use 10:10 because the hour hand will travel 1/6 of the way between 10 and 11 o’clock, while the minute hand stops exactly at 2 (as it does at 10:10). Whereas at 10:09 everything is arranged symmetrically. In addition, if the second hand is also displayed on the advertising image, then it will be directed straight down – at the 30-second mark.

Apple Watch SE display

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 1009, apple, official, photos, set, Watch

How to see all your “likes” of someone else’s photos in Instragram

14/11/2021 by

[ad_1]

When viewing photos on Instagram and “liking” them in large numbers, users lose sight of the image they like. The photo service offers the opportunity to find all the photos with which you have marked “Like“.

The instructions below will focus on Instagram for iOS, although the described method will work on the Android version as well.

♥ BY THEME: How to protect Instagram from hacking (it’s free)…

How to view all photos you liked on Instagram

1… Go to your Instagram profile by clicking on the corresponding icon in the lower right corner.

2… Click the options button (the icon with three horizontal lines in the upper right corner) and go to Settings…

How to automatically add all stories (stories) to Instagram Archive

3… In chapter “Account“Select the option”Posts you liked“.

How to view all photos you liked on Instagram

4… View photos in a convenient format – in the form of a list or a grid.

How to view all photos you liked on Instagram

The function “Posts you liked“Allows you to find likes in a faster way, without spending a lot of time scrolling and searching for your favorite photos in the feed, so it’s strange that the developers have placed this functionality in the settings, and not in the main menu.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: elses, Instragram, likes, photos

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

06/11/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

The iPhone home screen widgets with the release of iOS 14 are great, but there are still some issues with some. The Photos widget in particular is disappointing. This tool gives you a nice feeling that your favorite photos appear on the home screen next to the app icons. But, on the other hand, every hour the picture changes randomly without our participation. While you can’t change the behavior of this widget itself, there is still a way to get the images you want on the home screen.

 

 

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to create custom widgets on iPhone using the Widgetsmith app.

Since the release of iOS 14, third-party app developers have created many new widgets that work on both the Home screen and the Today screen. Many of them are designed for single-purpose applications. The developers happily rushed to fix those nuances that Apple missed in its own widgets. We will have to turn to third-party applications that will allow you to choose which image or images you want to display in the widget on the iPhone home screen and when.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

Choose a third party app to install widgets

 

When you are faced with the need to choose a third-party widget for displaying photos, of course there is a choice. Some applications provide options for selecting multiple images, while others allow you to add text. There are even widgets that overlay calendar information over the picture. But if all you need is a virtual border to display a photo on your home screen, any widget of its kind, advanced or not, is likely to suit you.

Some of the available third party photo display widgets

Custom Widgets – Photo & Text: in total, you can use three images, one of which will be displayed on the widget. You can make changes to the display format of a photo by expanding it, changing the background color, or using the analog clock, text, or the current date at the top.

Home Photo Widget: you can add an unlimited number of images to the application and then create a static widget for each one.

Locket – Photo Widgets (99 rubles): you choose an album for each widget, the number of images you want to see from it, and how often the widget should change images.

MemoWidget (Memo & Photo Widget): you choose one photo for each note, and that’s the whole possibility. But you can also add text to the picture, make it brighter, and smooth it out.

Photobox Widget: You can use the widget in three different sizes, and you can choose multiple photos for it, which change randomly every ten minutes. It is possible to add a message and crop photos.

PHOTO ALBUM (Photo Widget): for each created widget, its own photo album is formed with any number of photos. You can change the brightness of the image, the frequency of its change, show the name of the widget’s album.

Photo Widget (99 rubles): For the widget, you create albums, each of which can store up to six photos, and you can display multiple images at the same time, either individually or in a grid.

Photo widget: you can add one or more photos to one widget (three different sizes). You can change the refresh interval of a photo, add a date or title overlay.

Photo Widget – Pin Photo: you can create a widget for a single image or for albums, from which images will be selected every minute. You can also add a title to each widget.

Photo Widget – Simple: First you need to create albums with any number of photos, and then set a widget for each collection. Each widget has six options for the time interval for changing images.

Photo Widget – The best one: you can add one or more images to each widget, customize it to use one of your photo albums. Photos change according to your individual timer. You can customize the widget so that when you click on it, the website opens.

Photo Widgets: you can create albums (lists) for each widget you create, and each of them can contain one or more images. You can change the shift interval (there are nine options), as well as offset the main photo so you can see more of the others from the list in the background. Photos can be shown in order (and rearranged) or shuffled, each widget can display a date or memorable text.

PictureWidget: you add five photos to the application at once. Only one image will be displayed for the home screen widget. Additional customization options are available for the old-style widget.

In this article we want to show the Photo widget at work. If you choose any of the options listed above, you will most likely intuitively understand how they all work in general.

♥ BY TOPIC: Themes for iPhone (new icons): how to change, where to download, how to make money on it.

Select photos for widget

After you install the selected app on your iPhone, open it. Need to find something that looks like a button Add… In the application Photo widget, for example, she (Add Album) is right in the middle. Click on the button and assign a name to the created album.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

Then click on the button to add photos to the created album (Add Photos). A window will open where you can view all the photos in the Photos app, including all your albums.

To select the photo you want to use, just tap it. If you select multiple images, the widget will cycle through them rather than displaying just one statically. When you are happy with your choice, simply press Add…

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

Disable “Show date in widget” (optional)

The default application Photo widget shows the date when displaying photos. If it suits you, proceed to the next step. However, if you want a simple blank photo on your home screen, you need to disable this feature. Open the tab in the widget “Settings“(Settings) and deactivate the switch next to”Show date in widget“(Show Date in Widget). In addition, here you can select the interval for changing photos – section Photo Refresh Interval…

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: New in iOS 14: How to hide unwanted application pages from the home screen on iPhone and iPad.

Add widget to iPhone screen

To do this, press and hold your finger on the background of the main screen until you enter the icon swing mode. Now click the plus (+) button in the upper left corner of the screen.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

Find in the list Photo widget… It may appear immediately as a suggested widget, but if not, you need to scroll down and select it from the list.

Once you do this, you will see three suggested sizes for the widget (small, medium and large). When you decide which one is suitable, click “Add widget”Or drag it directly onto the home screen to the desired location.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: All Apple NEWS Tagged With: albums, iPhone, photos, specific, widget

Drag and drop text, photos and videos between apps on iPhone: how does it work?

07/10/2021 by

[ad_1]

It’s no secret that drag-and-drop gestures have performed very well on iPadOS. Unsurprisingly, Apple decided to test this feature on large tablet screens first. But with the release of iOS 15, you can drag and drop content to the iPhone as well.

♥ BY THEME: Website tinting in Safari on iPhone and iPad: how to turn it on or off.

What types of content can be dragged from app to app on iOS?

The operating system allows you to drag and drop almost any kind of content between applications. All programs are required to work with this data in principle. Starting with iOS 15, iPhones and iPads allow drag and drop for the following:

  • files of different types;
  • Photo and video;
  • screenshots;
  • the selected text;
  • browser links and tabs;
  • content of iMessage correspondence.

♥ BY THEME: How to change the background of the Safari home page on iPhone and iPad.

How to drag and drop data between apps on iPhone and iPad?

1. Hold your finger on the item to highlight the type of data you want. This allows you to select a photo in the Photos application, the contents of an email or note, data from Files, or a tab in your browser.

2. After the item is highlighted, do not rush to lift your finger from the screen.

3. Now you need another finger – use it to minimize the working application and start the recipient program.

4. In it, release the first finger to transfer the selected data.

This method seems to be more convenient and faster than using the clipboard. In this case, you can use both hands, and use the fingers of one hand.

The video below shows an example of dragging and dropping text selected on the site into the Notes app, as well as a text file from the Files app to the Message app (iMessage):

♥ BY THEME: Where is Do Not Disturb in iOS 15? Overview of Focusing on iPhone, iPad and Mac.

How to drag and drop multiple files or photos in iOS?

This method is also good in that it allows you to drag and drop multiple items, the same photos or files. To do this, first select the first element in the indicated way, and then click on the subsequent ones, forming a group or stack for subsequent transfer. Then it remains the same way to transfer the data to the desired application.

The video below shows an example of dragging and dropping a group of images from Google Images to the Message app (iMessage):

♥ BY THEME: Safari Tab Groups on iPhone, iPad and Mac: What are They and How to Use them?

How can I drag a screenshot on iOS?

First you need to take a screenshot yourself. This can be done by simultaneously pressing the side button and the volume up button.

How to take a screenshot on iPhone X

Now hold down the thumbnail that appears in the lower left corner until the white frame disappears. After that, you can already drag the screenshot into the application you need using the method mentioned above (in detail).

How can I use my fingers to move screenshots to other apps on iPhone?

How can I use my fingers to move screenshots to other apps on iPhone?

How can I use my fingers to move screenshots to other apps on iPhone?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: apps, drag, drop, iPhone, photos, text, videos, work

Continuity Camera, or How to Take Photos on Mac with iPhone Camera

15/09/2021 by

[ad_1]

Starting with macOS Mojave, Apple’s desktop operating system has a useful new feature called Continuity Camera (Camera Continuity), designed for taking photos or scanning documents using the iPhone or iPad camera. In this case, the photos automatically appear in the document on the Mac. This happens without the need to additionally sync devices or manually transfer photos.

♥ BY THEME: How to delete files past the recycle bin on macOS.

Peculiarities:

  • Continuity Camera is a new feature that works in macOS Mojave (or later) and iOS 12 (or later).
  • With it, you can directly insert images taken with an iOS device into applications on a Mac;
  • Both iOS and Mac devices must be nearby;
  • The user does not need to sync images to your Mac for the feature to work.

In a nutshell, starting with macOS Mojave, your iOS device’s camera turns into another Mac feature.

♥ BY THEME: 10 cool features of iPhone + Mac pairing when used together.

IPhone camera as a Mac feature

People are using more and more different devices these days. To bridge the gap between mobile and desktop, Apple began creating features Continuity (Continuity) on iOS and macOS a few years ago. With Continuity Camera, the user can take a photo or scan a document using the camera on their iOS device, and then it instantly appears on the Mac. It’s much easier than trying to use the Mac’s built-in camera to do the job.

It is noteworthy that the Continuity Camera features are completely free and do not require any updates. All document apps in Mojave automatically use the Continuity Camera feature, from built-in apps like Pages, Keynote, Numbers, TextEdit, Notes, and Mail to third-party apps like Adobe Photoshop, Microsoft Word, and Pixelmator.

♥ BY THEME: How to take screenshot (screenshot) on Mac – 4 ways.

System Requirements For Continuity Camera

Make sure all your devices meet the minimum system requirements for Continuity Camera.

  • Mac computers running macOS Mojave or later;
  • iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch running iOS 12 or later.
  • Wi-Fi and Bluetooth must be turned on on devices near each other.
  • Functions Continuity require both devices to be connected to the same iCloud account and have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth enabled. Keep in mind that devices do not need to be connected to a Wi-Fi network in order for them to work. Continuity Camera…

♥ BY THEME: Stacks in macOS Mojave, or how to organize files on your desktop into neat groups.

How to Take Photos on Mac with iPhone Camera

To add an image or scanned document from iPhone to Mac, do the following:

1. On a Mac with macOS Mojave 10.14 or later, open an existing document or create a new one.

2. Place the cursor where you want to insert the image.

3. On the toolbar, click on the icon “Insert image” and select one of the options:

How to Take Photos on Mac with iPhone Camera

  • Take a photo – take a photo with the camera of your iOS device and insert it into a document on your Mac.
  • Scan documents – scan a document with the camera of your iOS device and add it to your document on Mac.

NOTE. If you have an iPad or iPod touch, the wording on the menu will match the name of your device.

4. Your iOS device’s camera will work immediately, ready to shoot.

Take a photo by pressing the shutter button on your iOS device, then select “Use photo”to automatically insert it into your document on your Mac, or click “Re-shoot”if the photo is unsuccessful.

How to Take Photos on Mac with iPhone Camera

The interface provides basic shooting functions, including turning on the flash, switching between the front and rear cameras, and using optical or digital zoom.

How to Take Photos on Mac with iPhone Camera

When using an iOS device as a document scanner, place the document in the viewfinder and press the shutter button, then adjust the frames. Click on “Leave”to return to the previous screen and scan additional pages, or “Re-shoot” to rescan.

How to Take Photos on Mac with iPhone Camera

When finished, tap “Save”to automatically insert the scanned document into an app on your Mac.

Scanned files are saved in the application “Photo”…

The document scanning interface includes buttons for manual and automatic shutter release, flash, and a selection of image filters such as “Colour”, “Shades of gray”, “Black and white” and “Photo”…

In some applications, you can position the pointer where you want, and then right-click to select an option “Take a photo” or Scan Documents from the context menu.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: camera, Continuity, iPhone, Mac, photos

Yuri Hysterica is the best parodist of Russian stars on Instagram: 40 photos

10/09/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Celebrities often post photos on Instagram in which they pose in extraordinary outfits and original poses, with unusual things, trying to amaze and impress their spoiled followers. It is these posts that are the goal of the blogger with the pseudonym Yuri Hysterica, who shoots funny parodies of stars.

♥ BY THEME: Who has the most Instagram followers – 35 most popular accounts…

Yuri cannot be called the author of the original idea, such parodies have been very popular for several years in Asia, where the account of humorist bloggers on Instagram went to at least hundreds. However, in Runet he definitely has no equal – regular content updates provide Hysterics with a rapidly growing audience, which, by the way, includes the celebrities themselves, which Yuri parodies.

The main feature of the photographs published by the author is the use of any items at hand as inventory and the absence (or minimum number) of elements of graphic post-processing of images. Here it is not required to achieve maximum similarity with the original, the Glucose braid can be replaced with a broom, Svetlana Loboda’s lips with a donut, and Renata Litvinova’s dress with a curtain.

Anastasia Volochkova

Anastasia Volochka - Yuri Hysterica

Ani Lorak

Ani Lorak - Yuri Hysterica

Olga Buzova

Olga Buzova - Yuri Hysteria

Egor Creed

Egor Creed - Yuri Hysterica

Ekaterina Barnabas

Ekaterina Barnabas - Yuri Hysterics

Elena Malysheva

Elena Malysheva - Yuri Hysterics

Anna Sedokova

Anna Sedokova

Philip Kirkorov

Philip Kirkorov

Mikhail Shufutinsky

Mikhail Shufutinsky

Elizabeth II

Edizaveta - Yuri Hysterica

Aljay

ON THIS TOPIC: An Instagram account of a makeup artist that will surprise anyone.

Christmas tree

Christmas tree - Yuri Hysterica

Emily Ratajkowski

Emilia Ratazhovsky - Yuri Hysterica

Eva Polna

Eva Polna - Yuri Hysterica Glucose - Yuri Hysterica

Glucose

Glucose - Yuri Hysterica

Anna Khilkevich

Anna Khilkevich - Yuri Hysterics

Irina Dubtsova

Irina Dubtsova - Yuri Hysterica

Jane Eyre

Jane Air - Yuri Hysterica

Keti Topuria

Keti Topuria - Yuri Hysterica

♥ BY THEME: There are 16 circles in this picture, can you see them?

Philip Kirkorov

Philip Kirkorov - Yuri Hysterica

Natasha Koroleva and Tarzan

Natasha Koroleva - Yuri Hysterics

Christina Orbakaite

Kristina Orbakaite - Yuri Hysterica

Ksenia Sobchak

Ksenia Sobchak - Yuri Hysterica

Lena Lenina

Lena Lenina - Yuri Hysterica

Svetlana Loboda

Svetlana Loboda - Yuri Hysterica

♥ BY THEME: Perhaps this is the most creative Instagram account.

Lolita Milyavskaya

Lolita Milyavskaya - Yuri Hysterica

Lyubov Uspenskaya

Lyubov Uspenskaya - Yuri Hysterica

Madonna

Madonna - Yuri Hysterica

Maria Kravchenko

Maria Kravchenko - Yuri Hysterics

Conor McGregor

McGregor - Yuri Hysterica

Monkey - Yuri Hysterica

Nastya Ivleeva

Nastya Ivleeva - Yuri Hysterics

Anastasia Samburskaya

Nastya Samburskaya - Yuri Hysterica

Natalya Vodyanova

Natalia Vodianova - Yuri Hysterics

Evgeny Petrosyan and Elena Stepanenko

Petrosyan - Yuri Hysterica

♥ BY THEME: 30 most famous fake photos you could believe in

Polina Gagarina

Polina Gagarina - Yuri Hysterica

The main character of the series “The Handmaid’s Tale”

The Handmaid's Tale - Yuri Hysterica

Renata Litvinova

Renata Litvinova - Yuri Hysterica

Rihanna

Rihanna - Yuri Hysterica

Sergey Lazarev

Sergey Lazarev - Yuri Hysterica

Svetlana Loboda

Svetlana Loboda - Yuri Hysterica

Donald and Melania Trump

Tram - Yuri Hysterica

Valeria

Valeria - Yuri Hysterica

Vera Brezhneva

Vera Brezhnev - Yuri Hysterica

Group “Time and glass”

Time and Glass - Yuri Hysterica

See also:



[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Hysterica, Instagram, parodist, photos, Russian, stars, Yuri

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac: the best free apps

17/08/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Many users have probably faced the problem of a large number of duplicate files. Copies take up a lot of Mac SSD space, slow down the installation of updates, and are confusing when looking for a specific file.

♥ BY THEME: How do I use Quick Notes on Mac and iPad?

In most cases, duplicates appear by chance, and many computer owners are not even aware of their presence. Fortunately, there are tools to quickly find and delete unwanted copies of files on Mac.

To get started, let’s take a look at the best duplicate finder apps on Mac.

♥ BY THEME: How to quickly remove duplicate, similar and unsuccessful photos from iPhone and iPad.

Gemini 2

Gemini 2 (Review) is one of the best duplicate file finder tools for Mac. The application performs a deep scan of the SSD drive not only for duplicates, but also for similar files. For example, it can mark two similar images as duplicates even if the files are saved under different names. Gemini 2 has a simple interface that is very easy to use:

1. Download Gemini 2 for Mac (paid, but trial version available).

2. Press the big button “Plus” (“+”)to select a folder. Or drag the folder to the application window.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

3. If you need to find copies of images, click “Images”, music tracks – “Music”… To search for duplicates in specific folders, click “Specify your folder”…

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

4. Click “To start searching”… Scanning may take some time depending on the size of the folder.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

When the scan is complete, select the option “View Results” to view duplicates and similar files. Next press Smart cleaning and the utility will move the duplicates to the trash can. If you accidentally delete the files you want, you can easily restore them.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

Download Gemini 2

♥ BY THEME: Stacks in macOS, or how to organize files on your desktop into neat groups.

DupeGuru

If you’re looking for a free Gemini 2 alternative, check out the DupeGuru tool. The application allows you to find duplicate files, images and music tracks. The utility’s algorithm is able to find copies even if they have different names.

Note: macOS Sierra (and newer) users may encounter a warning that DupeGuru cannot be opened on the computer because it is an application from an unidentified developer.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

To work around this issue, open “System settings ” → “Protection and Security” → General tab → “Confirm Login”…

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

After installing the program, follow the instructions:

1. Launch DupeGuru.

2. Select the types of files you want to scan – files, music, or pictures.

3. Press the big button “Plus” (“+”)to select a folder.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

4. Click “Scanning”…

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

After scanning is complete, delete the copies or move them to another location. Compared to Gemini 2, scanning takes longer, but the end result is about the same.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

Download DupeGuru

♥ BY THEME: How to add site icons to Safari tabs on iPhone, iPad and Mac (macOS).

How to Find and Delete Copies of Pictures on Mac

If you have a huge amount of photos on your computer, deleting them manually can take a lot of time. A free application will help simplify the task Photos Duplicate Cleaner for Mac…

1. Download and open Photos Duplicate Cleaner…

2. Click “Add Photos” or “Add Folders”to select images from a folder. Or press “Add Photos Library” to select from the application library directly “Photo”…

3. Click “Scan for Duplicates”…

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

4. When the scan is complete, review the results.

5. Click “Auto Mark”… Duplicates will be marked for deletion.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

6. Finally, click “Trash Marked”to delete copies.

How to remove duplicate files (photos, etc.) and free up space on Mac

Interface Photos Duplicate Cleaner hardly convenient, but the utility does its job well.

Download Photos Duplicate Cleaner

♥ BY THEME: Startup on Mac, or how to add (remove) programs to start automatically when macOS boots.

How to Find and Remove Duplicate Contacts on Mac

Keeping your contacts organized is not an easy task, especially if you meet new people every day. Duplicates in the list only complicate the situation, but you can get rid of the problem:

1. Open the app “Contacts”…

2. From the menu, select “Card” → Find Duplicates…

How to find and merge duplicate contacts in iPhone phonebook on macOS

3. When scanning is complete, the information of contacts with the same name but different contact information will be aligned. The system will also offer to delete identical contacts.

How to find and merge duplicate contacts in iPhone phonebook on macOS

♥ BY THEME: The most difficult passwords: how to think of them correctly and not to forget them – 2 tips from a hacker.

Finding copies of files manually

You can also search for duplicates manually using Finder or using special commands in Terminal. However, these methods are not very convenient and are more suitable for tech-savvy enthusiasts than for ordinary Mac users. Plus, why complicate your job when there are plenty of free alternatives?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: apps, duplicate, Files, free, Mac, photos, remove, space

How to disable autosave Photos and Videos in Viber, WhatsApp and Telegram on iPhone

02/08/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

It is not often these days that you meet an active user who does not have an icon of any messenger or VoIP client on the smartphone’s desktop. Indeed, programs such as Viber, Telegram or Whatsapp not only diversify communication between people, but also help to significantly save on cellular services.

♥ BY THEME: Why you need to disable iCloud backups for most iPhone and iPad users.

However, there are a number of inconveniences associated with the use of instant messengers, for example, saving images from chats to the stock iOS application Photos, which not only forces the user to perform unnecessary actions to delete unnecessary images, but also consumes the device’s physical memory.

In addition, mobile traffic is also not free, which means that especially sociable users should think about saving it. Therefore, most applications have special options for this.

♥ BY THEME: How to send a message with invisible ink on iPhone or iPad.

How to disable autosave for Photos and Videos in WhatsApp

Go to the settings section (the button in the lower right corner of the screen) and select the item “Chats “in which you want to deactivate the switch “Into the Film”…

How to disable autosave for Photos and Videos in WhatsApp

In addition, the settings section “Data and storage “… There is a category “Media autoload “, which sets restrictions for processing various files (excluding voice messages) depending on the type of current Internet connection.

For example, you can allow the download of photos and documents on any connection, while disallowing the processing of audio and video recordings using the mobile Internet. In addition, there is a function “Saving data “, which will allow you to spend less traffic when making calls.

How to disable autosave for Photos and Videos in WhatsApp

♥ BY THEME: How to quickly translate sites (web pages) in Safari on iPhone and iPad: 3 ways.

How to disable autosave Photos and Videos in Viber

Click the tab “More” in the main menu and select the item Settings → Multimedia…

How to disable autosave for Photos and Videos in WhatsApp

Here, in addition to the switch “Save to Gallery” (save to Photos) there are also automatic upload options on mobile networks (“Content autoloading”), as well as settings for automatic video playback and the option to limit traffic in mobile networks. The latter will affect the quality of the connection when making calls.

How to disable autosave Photos and Videos in Viber

♥ BY THEME: The File Manager for iPhone and iPad as It Should Be: Readdle’s Documents Review.

How to disable autosave of Photos, Videos, voice messages and files in Telegram

The Telegram application does not automatically save the incoming data to the Photos application, but at the same time, it provides ample opportunities for setting up automatic loading of content into the messenger itself.

To set up automatic uploading of photos, video, voice messages and files in Telegram, you need to go to the section Settings → Data and memory… There are two sections here: “Through the mobile network “ and “Via Wi-Fi”, which contain the autoload options for all files in the application.

How to disable autosave of Photos, Videos, voice messages and files in Telegram

If you set the switch “Download automatically” into position “On”, it will be possible to set up automatic downloading of content in accordance with various scenarios, for example, photos and videos only from contacts or in other private chats using Wi-Fi or via mobile communication.

How to disable autosave of Photos, Videos, voice messages and files in Telegram

How to disable autosave of Photos, Videos, voice messages and files in Telegram

In case you deactivate the switch “Download automatically”, all incoming data (photos, videos, voice messages and files) will need to be loaded manually by pressing the button with the arrow icon.

How to disable autosave of Photos, Videos, voice messages and files in Telegram

Also, Telegram settings allow you to reduce traffic consumption, as well as enable or disable automatic playback of GIF animations and video clips.

How to disable autosave of Photos, Videos, voice messages and files in Telegram

♥ BY THEME: How to connect a regular USB flash drive to an iPhone or iPad.

Related Videos

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: autosave, disable, iPhone, photos, Telegram, Viber, videos, WhatsApp

How to post a photo or video to Instagram on iPhone directly from the Photos app

02/08/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

With iOS and iPadOS options Share this in the “Photos” application, users Instagram can easily post photos and videos without launching the main application.

♥ BY THEME: How to view on Instagram all the photos you “like”.

How to post a photo or video to Instagram on iPhone directly from the Photos app

In order to post an image or video to Instagram, select the corresponding icon in the menu “Share this” in the application “Photo»Or any other program that supports this function.

How to post a photo or video to Instagram on iPhone directly from the Photos app

Enter a title and hashtags in the pop-up panel field. Then, using the “Share this»Post the selected content to Instagram.

How to post a photo or video to Instagram on iPhone directly from the Photos app

However, there is one caveat: using filters or other editing functions will still require launching the main application.

♥ BY THEME: How to create albums from Instagram photos or videos.

If the menu “Share this“The Instagram icon is not displayed, click on the”More»(Far right), in the menu that opens, select Instagram.

How to post a photo or video to Instagram on iPhone directly from the Photos app

Set the switch to position “Included” and press the button Ready…

How to post a photo or video to Instagram on iPhone directly from the Photos app

Instagram requires a smartphone or tablet with iOS 11 or later. Anyone can download the application from the App Store for free.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: App, Instagram, iPhone, photo, photos, post, video

Shown: 70 photos with optical illusions

26/07/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Our main organ of perception is reality – the eyes. But we often have to deal with such things that make us doubt the picture that our vision presents. To be honest, it is not difficult to deceive him, especially with the help of photographs. And although the brain understands the unreality of what is happening, vision shows us something unusual, in which we want to believe. In this article, we have collected many different photos that will get you thinking. Get ready for the fact that your eyes will see something that the brain will simply refuse to believe!

♥ BY THEME: Top 10 largest dog breeds.

Carefully! Bigfoot in the city!

Carefully! Bigfoot in the city!

This photo shows a giant’s foot in a sneaker about to step on a parked car. And it seems that one cannot get off with just a dent – the car will be flattened into a cake. The interesting scene and the careful positioning of the objects conjured up the image of a giant in sneakers, preparing to trample everything around.

♥ BY THEME: 10 most important inventions in the history of mankind.

Flight inspection

Flight inspection

In this image, the plane flying past the giraffe and its baby appears small. And the long-necked animal is about to touch the airplane with its nose. It seems to us that the giraffe is simply examining the plane and its passengers at close range, literally looking out the window. The animal may have assumed the role of an inspector, checking the flight plan or other documents. No one will fly past such a vigilant mother giraffe and her cub!

♥ BY THEME: Top 10 most overpriced products: why do we buy it?

Elastic arm

Elastic arm

In this photo, we see the man in the background touching the girl’s shoulder with an outstretched hand. But take a closer look – the hand must be very flexible to overcome this distance. Perhaps this man likes to scare people by unexpectedly touching them from afar. And when they say “we have long arms,” isn’t this the case they mean?

♥ BY THEME: Why is there always +7 at the beginning of a Russian number and who came up with it?

Giant human eater

Giant human eater

For such giants, people are a kind of delicacy. We see how the boy tries to swallow the daredevil who disturbed him in the garden. For this photo, perspective and depth were used, and they create such a bloodthirsty optical illusion. And it’s easy to believe in it.

♥ BY THEME: Dolphins are not fish and other interesting facts about these cetaceans.

Small Bigfoot

Small Bigfoot

With the help of such a photo, you can advertise baby food – it will help your legs grow larger and stronger. And again we should “thank” for this effect, perspective and light. They give rise to the perception of a baby with huge feet. It is not immediately clear that the legs belong to an adult, you have to take a closer look. But then the deception becomes apparent.

♥ BY THEME: 8 words successful people don’t use.

Moving the Eiffel Tower

Moving the Eiffel Tower

In this photo, a crane has decided to lift the famous tower in order to move it to a new location. Of course, this idea seems crazy. Raise the entire Eiffel Tower and carry it over buildings to a new location? Is it really possible? It’s just that in this case, we managed to photograph the crane in the right position, creating a funny illusion. And the historical object, of course, will not go anywhere. Photography, on the other hand, is an example of how you can compose a scene using everyday things or things around us.

♥ BY THEME: Animals and insects, or 30 reasons not to go to Australia.

Man on the moon

Man on the moon

This photo proves that you don’t need a spaceship to land on the moon – some manage to do it with a parachute! In the picture, the celestial body was behind the parachutist, which created a curious illusion of lunar landing.

♥ BY THEME: SOS: what does it mean?

Ferris wheel

Ferris wheel

Perhaps you missed something in the development of cycling. Is there a bicycle with a Ferris wheel? We have seen many different devices, but this is the first time! In fact, the cyclist was busy fixing the front wheel of his two-wheeled companion when he was caught by a photographer. At the same time, the Ferris wheel turned out to be in the best position at the back to “pretend” to be the front wheel of a bicycle.

♥ BY THEME: How many years do trees live (table).

Sit on the water

Sit on the water

It seems that this little girl deceived nature itself, learning not to swim in the water, but to sit on it without using any additional means. It’s all about the perfectly caught moment of the child jumping into the pool. This created the illusion that he is sitting on the water, while the others are swimming in it. Focusing on an object above the water makes you believe in extraordinary possibilities.

♥ BY THEME: Hell for a perfectionist: 50 photos that destroy harmony.

Return of King Kong

Return of King Kong

Is King Kong back? This giant baboon is about to flatten the car in front of it with a paw. The driver just won’t have time to dodge! A huge hand resting on the roof of the car and red brake lights help highlight the potential danger to the vehicle and its occupants. The baboons in the background further enhance the illusion of their cousin’s gigantic proportions. A gorgeous shot was taken through the windshield at a safari park, where a baboon jumped on the hood of a car in search of a treat.

♥ BY THEME: How many GB of memory can the human brain remember?

Lament of the Madonna

Lament of the Madonna

This photo shows a glacier that literally screams about the state of the planet and everything that happens to it. But if you look closely, it will not be difficult to notice the Madonna, frozen in ice, with tears flowing down her cheeks. The ice began to melt, and water flowed down the surface of the glacier, eroding its surface. This is how voids and openings appeared, resembling a woman’s face. Tears flow from him and fall into the sea. It looks unrealistically beautiful.

♥ BY THEME: Why do cats love to sit / lie down in small spaces (boxes, bags, etc.).

Invisible hockey player

Invisible hockey player

It seems that the Invisible Man has decided to seriously engage in sports. In hockey, emotions run high and players get into fights quite often. But what if your opponent is simply invisible? This photo shows the duel of a hockey player who has a uniform and a headdress. But the body disappeared somewhere. In fact, the photo perfectly captured the moment when the player’s head was displaced as a result of the impact. Only the ammunition remained in sight, which created a funny effect. I would like to look at this picture in more detail in order to find all the participants on it.

♥ BY THEME: What is horsepower and how much horsepower is in one horse?

Walk on the clouds

Walk on the clouds

People can walk on clouds, this photo proves everything. It seems that a certain tourist calmly walks through the clouds, but it’s all about the perfect reflection of the sky on the wet surface of the beach. This makes the viewer believe in the possibility of walking in the heavens – the earth under the clouds is not visible. A perfect example of how light and reflection can make us believe what we see, but which does not really exist.

♥ BY THEME: Why is the wine dry, or which wines are called dry and which are sweet?

Flying boats

Flying boats

This shot of the playground and boats in the bay was taken from a high vantage point. One gets the impression of a sky filled with dozens of boats that can fall from there at any moment. This is a perfect example of an optical illusion created by the height and angle at which the photo was taken. And the light reflected from the water in the bay creates the feeling of the sky with boats floating in it.

♥ BY THEME: How the brand names appeared: Ikea, Lego, Pepsi, Reebok, Skype, Sony, Canon, Google, etc.

Island in hand

Island on a plate

This family photo shows two girls carrying the island, and their smiling dad seems to be ready to give someone a gift. The location of people on a rock against the backdrop of the sea and the island creates the perfect illusion. Yes, there is a certain production here, but it deceived many of us.

♥ BY THEME: Where did the expression (gesture) OK come from and what does it really mean?

Landing on the rotor blade

Landing on the rotor blade

The photo may appear to show a top-secret, latest-generation supersonic drone, small enough to land on or off a helicopter blade. A snapshot of static aircraft was taken at an airbase. In fact, one object is in motion here. A photograph of a helicopter against the background of a jet plane taking off at a distance shows what can happen to ordinary objects in the right position – someone will be able to fix an optical illusion.

♥ BY THEME: What is a dozen and a damn dozen?

Pseudo-photo of the Moher rock

Pseudo-photo of the Moher rock

This photograph shows a little girl holding a photograph of the Cliffs of Moher in two hands, or so it seems. Hands on the balustrade and stone pillars in a convenient location create the perfect illusion with a photograph in hand. The focus quickly shifts, and the gaze is drawn to the sea and rocks. A magnificent illusion that transports you to another place!

♥ BY THEME: Why don’t people breed bumblebees for honey, because they also collect it?

Woman with no legs

Woman with no legs

Has this woman not only lost her legs, but also learned to soar in the air? And again, it’s all about deceiving our eyes. All spectators in the foreground watch the event from behind the railing. And only the lady with the jacket sits on the parapet. At first glance, it seems that the woman really does not have legs, but just the jacket hangs down on the other side of the railing and covers the back of the body. The jacket itself and the shadow falling behind create the illusion that a person is floating in the air without legs, watching a sporting event.

♥ BY THEME: Optical illusion: all the balls in this picture are the same color, but how do you see?

At the edge of the cliff

At the edge of the cliff

This traveler comes so close to the edge of the cliff that his shadow falls straight down. It seems that some crazy or extremely risky person is being photographed. But this wonderful illusion shows a tourist walking in Utah next to a body of water. It reflects the shadow and the rock behind, creating a curious picture. This photo is easily misleading.

♥ BY THEME: What do the names of TV channels mean: TNT, Netflix, HBO?

Disappearing into the void

Disappearing into the void

These people simply disappeared into the void, no one else saw them. Did it really happen, or does our imagination give such a clue? In the photo we see amazing and clear details of sand and rocks, and a man and a little girl are sent somewhere into the void. This picture was taken inside a tunnel and our senses are deceived by the light and focal length. Everything in the close-up is shown clearly and in focus. All that is in the distance is immersed in fog. An amazing optical illusion that creates a sense of mystery.

♥ BY THEME: 7 famous symbols you might not know about

UFO landing

UFO landing

Aliens land on Earth, and the first UFO was seen attempting to land right in this suburb. This picture looks just like from a science fiction movie, but don’t be alarmed. It is not a UFO shown here, but just a cloud. The photo captured natural cloud formation, moving air and the setting sun. They created a wonderful sight, similar to a flying saucer. Sometimes reality itself creates optical illusions.

♥ BY THEME: The hidden meaning of the logos of famous companies.

Island hanging in the sky

Island hanging in the sky

It seems that the island somehow hovered above the water or fell from the sky after a tornado. In this case, the outlines of the object are clearly visible. And in the foreground, nearby, there are two boats anchored. In the background, we can see a boat and other islands in the distant haze. All these elements come together to create a single illusion. Looking closely, you can understand that the seas of different colors in the background merge, deceiving our vision.

♥ BY THEME: 10 smallest countries in the world.

Escape from a flying rock

Escape from a flying rock

This photo shows two raccoons running along a trail from a falling stone. It seems that he is about to hit the smallest animal. This is what appears at first glance. In fact, raccoons move up the path from the water’s edge. There is a stone in it, it does not fall anywhere, and the reflection of clouds in the water is largely responsible for the illusion. With the help of this image, it was possible to show how a regular shot, taken in the right place, can in itself be deceiving.

♥ BY THEME: “Spanish shame”: what does this expression mean and how did it come about?

Green concrete

Green concrete

This photo shows, apparently, the latest trend in the struggle for greening the surrounding space – colored concrete. The huge square of bright colors that has appeared around the historic building will not be to anyone’s taste. Relax, it’s just algae that grows on the water in the moat that surrounds the house. At first glance, the surface looks like concrete, but upon closer inspection, you can see the true identity of this environment.

♥ BY THEME: Most Popular YouTube Videos: Top 25 Most Viewed YouTube Videos of All Time.

The speaker wet his pants

The speaker wet his pants

How dare this man with his wet pants smile so shamelessly at us, standing behind a transparent tribune? What happened? It is simply an optical illusion created by the reflection of tables and chairs on the transparent surface of the podium. The reflection looks like wet streaks on the speaker’s pants. There can be only one explanation for this – the person urinated in his pants. Of course, here we are faced with an optical illusion, otherwise the speaker would smile like that?

♥ BY THEME: Comilfo: what does it mean and where does this word come from?

Transparent coin

Transparent coin

It may seem that we are dealing with the latest trend in coin design – a transparent piece allows you to see what is on the other side. Do you think this is impossible? But if you look at the coin balancing on the edge of the silver ring, you can see a part of the arc under the object. In fact, the shining surface of the coin acts as a mirror, creating an optical illusion. The object itself does not lie on the ring, but stands vertically on it. The reflection also created an interesting illusion.

♥ BY THEME: Why is the center of Moscow called Kitay-Gorod?

Smoking a joint or drinking?

Smoking a joint or drinking?

What is this woman doing – smoking and drinking at the same time? The picture simply tricks our brain into believing in a double action. It seems that the girl is smoking a cigarette, but in reality she is just drinking the drink through a straw. In the background on the deck is an object, which we perceive as a cigarette. But once you look closely at the photo, you can see a straw in your hand.

♥ BY THEME: How many liters is 1 barrel?

Alien Monster Invasion

Alien Monster Invasion

What’s happening? Aliens in the guise of insect monsters attacked our planet? Huge beetles are attacking cars! Sci-fi nightmares seem to come true. But the insect on the windshield of the car was simply out of focus. So there was a feeling of a huge monster towering over the cars in the distance. But the effect appeared, thanks to the camera focus settings, you should not be intimidated.

♥ BY THEME: 10 most creepy scientific experiments on humans and animals

Falling into the abyss

Falling into the abyss

This painting creates the feeling of falling into an abyss towards the distant floor of this building. The photo taken from above shows the amazing optical illusion that can be created by laying tiles in a specific pattern. The center tiles look like they are at the bottom of the pattern and perspective chasm when viewed from above. Many people have a hard time understanding the fact that this painting is a flat surface.

♥ BY THEME: Why is the surname of the creator of the Guinness Book of Records not Guinness.

Honey, I have reduced the children!

Honey, I have reduced the children!

This shot is reminiscent of a movie called Honey, I Shrunk the Children. The image of a huge seagull and a tiny person is a great example of what happens when two objects are photographed at different levels and at different distances. The seagull sitting on the third floor windowsill is closer to the camera than the person walking along the pier. Finding objects in the same picture without clear indications of their difference in height creates an illusion.

♥ BY THEME: What is DNA in simple words.

Dangerous games with fire

Dangerous games with fire

We have been warned since childhood that we cannot play with fire. But there are many sources of it around us. For example, in nature, kebabs or meat on a barbecue are fried over a fire. In this picture, we see a man who seems to have caught fire while on vacation next to a dangerous object. But closer attention to the back object will reveal an error. The person simply walks past a blazing fire, but it seems that the clothes are on fire.

♥ BY THEME: Why in China the numbers 4, 13, 250 are considered unlucky.

Politician flying in the sky

Politician flying in the sky

This photo shows David Cameron, then Prime Minister of Great Britain. The politician seemed to be hovering in the air with both feet at 10 Downing Street. Apparently, he flew into the sky with joy amid the results of the Brexit vote. Разглядывая фото, чтобы понять, как это возможно, стоит рассмотреть игру тени и света. Они и создают иллюзию. Вот только одна нога принадлежит самому Кэмерону, а вторая – кому-то другому, тоже в костюме и черных туфлях. Но каждый раз при взгляде на картину все равно кажется, что мужчина парит в воздухе.

♥ BY THEME: 70 интересных фактов об IT-технологиях, о которых вы могли не знать.

Перерубленная собака

Перерубленная собака

На этом фото, сделанном в лесу, изображена собака, которая словно бы перерублена каким-то извергом надвое, но каким-то образом выжила. Трудно поверить в то, что вы видите. На самом деле положение собаки и деревянного бревна рядом создают эту страшную иллюзию. Но никакого жестокого обращения с животными не происходило.

♥ BY THEME: 20 вещей, которые никогда не делают умные люди.

Сигарета не земле

Сигарета не земле

Эта фотография показывает, как легко можно неправильно интерпретировать повседневные предметы, если не хватает справочных материалов для помощи в понимании перспективы. Эта белая трубка, снятая с места, где она ранее была посажена в почву, выглядит, как сигарета с фильтром, брошенная на землю. Но внимательное рассмотрение фотографии поставит все на свои места. А снимок может обмануть даже опытных курильщиков.

♥ BY THEME: 36 неочевидных фактов о планете Земля, которые вы могли не знать.

Плавучий замок в чашке кофе

Плавучий замок в чашке кофе

Если вы думаете, что речь идет о некоем новом повальном увлечении – размещении золотого замка в чашке кофе, то вы ошибаетесь. А ведь как было бы здорово, если бы в кафе ценили своих клиентов, подавая горячий напиток в таком оформлении. Но снова все дело в идеальном угле обзора, в результате чего люстра на потолке отражается в виде золотого замка, плывущего по вашему кофе.

♥ BY THEME: Во сколько лет прекращается рост человека и от чего это зависит?

Одна голова хорошо, а две – лучше

Одна голова хорошо, а две – лучше

Когда употребляют пословицу: «Одна голова хорошо, а две – лучше», имеют в виду явно нечто иное. Эта фотография показывает странного двухголового монстра. Но оптическая иллюзия снова создана нашим мозгом. Рядом лежат две козы, но создается впечатление, что животное одно и у него две головы. Нет-нет, это вовсе не редкая порода, а просто две обычные козы.

♥ BY THEME: Почему жителей Германии называют немцами, а не германцами?

Уличное искусство или дыра в стене?

Уличное искусство или дыра в стене?

Со стороны обстановка кажется умиротворяющей, со скамейкой и деревом у стены сада. Фокус же падает на произведение искусства на свежем воздухе, пейзаж, идеально обрамленый на стене. Но пристальный взгляд выдает обычное отверстие в стене, удачно вписавшееся во внешний вид. Так появилась оптическая иллюзия произведения искусства на фоне стены. А вид действительно открывается из проема прекрасный.

♥ BY THEME: Что такое плацебо, как это работает и действительно ли есть эффект?

Жених с копытами

Жених с копытами

Что случилось? Почему невеста выбрала себе жениха с копытами вместо обычных ног? На фото – сценка танца новобрачных. А угол снимка и струящееся платье невесты помогли создать иллюзию. Ревнивый соперник не накладывал заклятия на жениха, просто забавная иллюзия.

♥ BY THEME: 29 логотипов с шедеврально скрытым подтекстом.

Современный Гулливер

Современный Гулливер

На этой фотографии, сделанной на пляже, можно увидеть современного Гулливера, идущего по пляжу во время одного из своих путешествий. Великана окружают маленькие люди. К сожалению, это вовсе не явление книжной легенды, а парень, идущий по канату на переднем плане под наблюдением пляжников и волейболистов. Почти невидимый канат сливается с песком, создавая иллюзию прогулки по пляжу гиганта. Фото показывает, как повседневные предметы могут создавать оптическую иллюзию.

♥ BY THEME: Почему глаза не замерзают зимой?

Сросшиеся братья

Сросшиеся братья

Удивительная фотография показывает двух мальчиков с общей рукой. Но нет, у каждого из детей есть две нормальные руки. А положение тела просто их скрывает. Положение конечностей создает иллюзию соединения. А первый взгляд просто обманчивый.

♥ BY THEME: Что случится, если ядовитые змеи укусят друг друга?

Летающий коврик Аладдина

Летающий коврик Аладдина

Кажется, фотографу удалось заснять испытательный полет новой версии парящего ковра-самолета сказочного Аладдина. Но что же это на самом деле? Оптическую иллюзию легко объяснить. Плоский кусок картона лежит рядом с крышкой водостока. А со стороны кажется, будто это ковер-самолет и его тень на земле. К сожалению, разгадка левитации еще впереди.

♥ BY THEME: Оказывается, слово «сникерсни» не имеет ничего общего со «Сникерсом». Что означает это слово на самом деле?

Соединение деревьев

Соединение деревьев

Задумайтесь, почему у одного ствола дерева ветвь врастает прямо в другой ствол. Сделано ли это специально человеком для поддержания прочности растения или же все произошло естественным путем? Но если пристально рассмотреть фотографию, то можно распознать оптическую иллюзию – ветка проходит за стволом, а обман обусловлен отсутствием глубины и схожестью текстур.

♥ BY THEME: Как появилось название Мерседес-Бенц.

Кошка-подставка или стойка на руках

Кошка-подставка или стойка на руках

Не правда ли, удивительная фотография! Но как только выдерживает кошка стоящего на руках на ней мужчину? Едва ли такое одобрят защитники животных. К счастью, изображение просто перевернуто – кошку подняли вверх ногами, заставив коснуться лапами потолка. Тень животного на потолке помогает рассеять иллюзию. Фотография специально сделана так, чтобы убедить нас в ее правдоподобности.

♥ BY THEME: У кого больше всех подписчиков в Инстаграм – 40 самых популярных аккаунтов.

Оторванная голова все еще хочет газировки!

Оторванная голова все еще хочет газировки!

На этой картинке вы можете увидеть, что может произойти с непослушными животными. Мужчина взял, да и оторвал ламе голову, чтобы не дать ей выпить свою газировку. На фотографии тело мужчины скрывает ламу, и видна только голова животного. Так и создается иллюзия ламы, которая потеряла голову или тело, упорно пытаясь достать газировку. Отличная фотография!

♥ BY THEME: Как появилось слово «Алло», и что говорят, принимая телефонный звонок в других странах.

Кошка с одной лапой

Кошка с одной лапой

Где вы еще увидите кошку с одной лапой? Умный снимок животного показывает его видимую часть с одной лапой и частью груди. А нам кажется, что это бедная однолапая кошка, но она совершенно обычная. Удивительно, как простое и непринужденное положение тела создало оптическую иллюзию.

♥ BY THEME: Волнистый попугайчик активирует голосом Siri на iPhone (видео).

Женщина-собака, новый супергерой

Женщина-собака, новый супергерой

На этой фотографии можно увидеть женщину-собаку, чье тело напоминает кентавра. Нет, вы не пьяны и это не новый супергерой, которому досталось по неведомым причинам необычное тело. Идеальная иллюзия была создана большой собакой, ставшей позади женщины в черных штанах. Так появился новый необычный образ.

♥ BY THEME: Почему птиц не бьет током на проводах.

Черная дыра

Черная дыра

Черные дыры могут появиться не только в глубинах космоса, но и у вас дома! Выглядит это довольно устрашающе. Каким-то образом темная материя оказалась в спальне и принялась поглощать постельное белье. На самом деле «черной дырой» является обычная кошка, идеально свернувшаяся калачиком на постели. И это все легко объясняет.

♥ BY THEME: Как выглядели первые автомобили BMW, Toyota, Mazda, Ford, Mercedes и других известных производителей.

Дрон-собака

Дрон-собака

Неужели последние разработки в области технологий дронов привели к выпуску дронов-собак? По крайней мере, на этой фотографии явно видно некое летательное средство в виде йоркширского терьера. А дальше можно поразмышлять над тем, в каких сферах может быть задействован подобный аппарат. Неплохо было бы ему иметь выдвижные ноги для облегчения полета на малых высотах и при осмотре поверхности. Фотография получилась удачной, поймав момент прыжка пса через дренажную сетку. Так и появился образ безногой низколетящей собаки. Угол, под которым был сделан кадр, заставил ноги исчезнуть и создал забавную иллюзию.

♥ BY THEME: Кофе американо: почему так называется, если придумали его в Италии.

Дом в огне

Дом в огне

Мы видим страшное – дом горит! Где же пожарные? Пламя уже достигло потолка! Именно такую реакцию вызывает фотография. Если бы хозяин дома увидел снимок, ему наверняка стало бы дурно от того, что он наблюдает. К счастью, ничего страшного не произошло. Речь идет об оптической иллюзии, созданной заходящим солнцем. А в окнах появились из-за этого языки пламени.

♥ BY THEME: Что означает «конь педальный»?

Небесное освещение

Небесное освещение

Вы думали, что свет в ночном небе создает Луна? А вот и нет! Эта фотография доказывает, что причиной всему – обычные потолочные светильники. Каким-то образом они соединены с облаками и получают энергию от их статического электричества. И свет, наверное, можно индивидуально переключать, получая при необходимости больше яркости. Картина создана оптической иллюзией отражения потолочного света квартиры на оконном стекле, а мы видим красиво оформленную лампу, парящую в небе и проливающую свой свет на землю внизу.

♥ BY THEME: 50 лучших оптических иллюзий.

Поймать невесту

Поймать невесту

На этом радостном снимке изображена невеста, которая с разбега вскочила на жениха, закинув ноги на его плечи. Наверное, это был впечатляющий прыжок, а улыбка девушки ясно показывает, что ей все понравилось. Но посмотрите на снимок еще раз, и вы увидите, что белая подкладка — жилетка жениха и его рубашка, которые создают иллюзию невесты, сидящей на его плечах. Несмотря на оптический обмен, это все равно великий момент счастья.

♥ BY THEME: Янни или Лорл? Это невероятно, но люди слышат это слово по-разному. Что слышите Вы?

Лавка на колесах

Лавка на колесах

Очень удобно – продавать свежую выпечку и пироги прямо из багажника вашего автомобиля, рядом с гастрономом и бистро. Тут есть удобное место для парковки, в обед продажи будут активными, можно красиво демонстрировать соблазнительные деликатесы. А при заказе кофе внутри закуску можно брать на улице. Понравится ли такое соседство владельцам заведений? Отличная оптическая иллюзия порождена отражением полных полок гастронома в его дверях на фоне припаркованного снаружи пикапа. А ведь такая картинка может одурачить невнимательных посетителей и заставить их выйти из магазина.

♥ BY THEME: Почему рождаются рыжие люди и чем они отличаются от остальных.

Замороженный торнадо

Замороженный торнадо

На этом снимке показан торнадо, замерзший от места касания земли и до самых облаков. Эта драматическая картина показывает, что происходит с торнадо зимой. Но замерзшая спираль представляет большую опасность, когда снег начнет таять. На самом деле на этой фотографии, сделанной с крыльца, показан снег, который начал таять на крыше с образовавшейся из-за этого ледяной сосулькой. Снег и сталактит идеально напоминают развернувшийся вдалеке торнадо. Так и появилась отличная оптическая иллюзия.

♥ BY THEME: Топ-100 фильмов в истории кино, которые заработали больше всего денег.

Двухголовый пес

Двухголовый пес

Кажется, что мы видим первую в мире собаку-сиамского близнеца. Одно тело принадлежит двум головам. Редкий снимок мог стать первой в истории фиксацией неслыханного явления, доселе широкой публике неизвестного. Оптическая иллюзия получилась действительно классной! Образ сформировался, когда одна собака толкнула другую. Та же расположилась за полуоткрытой дверью, скрывающей ее тело и ноги.

♥ BY THEME: Ложить, помахай, победю: как правильно говорить?

Концерт «Урожай»

Концерт «Урожай»

На этой снимке изображена огромная толпа, пришедшая на концерт «Урожай» на арене «Шелковое поле». Вы думаете массовое развлекательное мероприятие было связано с сельским хозяйством? Но это всего лишь фотография активной уборки хлопка в ночное время с использованием нескольких комбайнов. Но наше воображение рисует переполненный людьми стадион с прожекторами и сценой. Спелый хлопок отражает свет, создавая похожие на людей тени. Эта фотография действительно легко обманывает, показывая, на что способны свет и тень.

♥ BY THEME: Что означают буквы на бутылке коньяка (XO, VO или VSOP)?

Женщина-лошадь

Женщина-лошадь

Трудно, должно быть, этой женщине жить с лошадиной головой. Впрочем, это не мешает лакомиться пирожными и даже надевать на голову шлем. Впрочем, давайте все же присмотримся внимательнее к этой фотографии. Наездница просто повернула голову, а ее волосы удачно слились цветом с лошадиной мордой.

♥ BY THEME: Русские имена и фамилии, которые вызывают смех у иностранцев.

Застрявшая в текстурах

Застрявшая в текстурах

Подобные картинки нетрудно встретить в играх, где текстуры наползают одна на другую. Но разве так бывает в жизни? С девочкой, судя по ее увлеченности игрушкой, все нормально, а вот фотоаппарат явно ошибся в формировании снимка.

♥ BY THEME: Как мозг отличает красивое от некрасивого.

Пес без лап

Пес без лап

Не кажется ли вам, что эта собака удивлена? Ведь ее передние лапы словно бы решили отделиться от тела. Но здесь обошлось без волшебства, да и животное не пострадало. Просто слой травы удачно лег на лапы, создав иллюзию их отделение от тела.

♥ BY THEME: 500, 1000, 5000 и 100 000 долларов — самые крупные и редкие купюры американской валюты.

Кот – гроза мейн-кунов

Кот – гроза мейн-кунов

Если вы считаете, что крупнее мейн-кунов домашних котов нет, то посмотрите на этого! На его фоне другой домашний питомец кажется малюткой. Но если присмотреться, то можно понять, что «гигант» просто сидит на прозрачном столе максимально близко к объективу. Разница в фокусном расстоянии между животными и порождает оптическую иллюзию.

♥ BY THEME: Самые высокие статуи в мире: 40 завораживающих мест, которые нужно увидеть.

Огромный плюшевый питомец

Огромный плюшевый питомец

Большие плюшевые игрушки никогда не выйдут из моды. Но что, если ваша собака своими размерами оказалась больше вас? Пусть она веселая и пушистая, но это немного страшно. На этой фотографии мы видим, как такое животное радостно скачет между двух девушек. На самом деле песик просто оказался ближе к камере, чем люди, что и породило забавный эффект.

♥ BY THEME: Какого размера метеорит способен уничтожить человечество.

Хвостопес

Хвостопес

То, что бывают котопсы, мы узнали, благодаря мультфильму. А вот хвостопёс – что-то новое. Скажите, как из хвоста может вырасти другая собака? На самом деле животные просто касаются друг друга задними частями, а одинаковый цвет шерсти дал возможность «слиться» телам воедино.

♥ BY THEME: 30 самых знаменитых фейковых фото, в которые вы могли поверить.

Странная тень

Странная тень

Эта тень не напоминает дружелюбного котика. Неужели виноват причудливо поставленный свет? А ведь все проще – «тенью» оказался другой питомец, черного цвета. Просто он решил попрыгать прямо перед камерой.

♥ BY THEME: Что означает «до-ре-ми-до-ре-до» на языке музыкантов?

Оторванная голова

Оторванная голова

Судя по выражению лица собаки, ей не очень-то и нравится позировать с оторванной головой. Конечно же, никто не стал бы так издеваться над псом. Видимо, он просто спрятался за своей хозяйкой.

♥ BY THEME: Что было первым – курица или яйцо? Ученые смогли дать конкретный ответ.

Настоящий Грут!

Настоящий Грут!

Грут из «Стражей Галактики» добрался и до нашей планеты! Более того, его уже и раскрасили цветными полосами, к тому же он нашел себе подругу. Забавная иллюзия, но она объясняется очень легко – мужчина сидит за деревом, а цвет его рукавов удачно слился с цветом покрашенного ствола.

♥ BY THEME: Голландия и Нидерланды: какая разница и как правильно называть?

Девушка-мотоциклист

Девушка-мотоциклист

Первый взгляд на фотографию выявляет девушку в шлеме с татуировкой на лопатке, игриво склонившуюся к рулю. Но переведите взгляд чуть левее. Человек на мотоцикле один. И то, что мы посчитали телом девушки – обычное колено, удачно прислоненное к шлему на руле. Удачное расположение тела может его раздвоить на фотографии.

♥ BY THEME: Нихон, Эллада, Аястан, Чосон – настоящие названия стран, которые мы называем иначе.

Спящий оборотень

Показалось: 70 фото с оптическими иллюзиями из реальной жизни

Спящий мужчина с телом животного откровенно пугает. Неужели оборотни существуют? Странное расположение тел спящих собаки и человека привели к формированию подобного образа. А спинка дивана сбоку не дает рассмотреть, что же на самом деле там происходит.

♥ BY THEME: Почему бензобак на авто бывает и с левой и с правой стороны?

Приготовленный кот

Приготовленный кот

Видимо, кто-то любит употреблять в пищу котов, особенно, если они жирные. Но только пушистая морда в процессе разделки не пострадала. Не бойтесь за рыжего питомца, он живой. Об этом говорят его открытые глаза. Пройдоха готовится быть пойманным с поличным, подкравшись к приготовленной и лежащей в миске курице. Рыжая шерсть удачно слилась с цветом блюда.

♥ BY THEME: Чем отличается дизель от солярки?

Одна голова на два тела?

Одна голова на два тела?

Подобные фотографии дают нам возможность поверить, что могут существовать подобные монстры. И кажется, что обе половины тела неплохо дружат друг с другом. Но за этим скрывается просто обнимающий своего пса человек. Голова мужчины оказалась закрыта головой животного, а слившиеся черные цвета футболки и шерсти породили забавную иллюзию.

♥ BY THEME: Для чего наклеивают символ «рыбка» на багажник машины?

Ковер-самолет

Ковер-самолет

Ковер-самолет в песках, Аладдин… подождите, но здесь ведь не сказка, а обычный пляж! А ковер-самолет стал площадкой для выступлений со стойкой микрофона! Неужели летать над песком проще, чем стоять на нем? В появлении этой иллюзии виновата тень от флага, которая удачно легла на песок рядом с помостом. Нам же кажется, что это тень от летящей поверхности.

♥ BY THEME: Самые дорогие картины мира и почему они столько стоят: ТОП-50.

Плывущая картинка

Плывущая картинка

Вы только лишь посмотрели на эту фотографию, и Вам захотелось несколько раз моргнуть или перефокусировать свой взгляд? Да, картинка немного плывет, а чашки на ней раздваиваются и просто множатся. Не надо винить плохую камеру, которая расфокусировалась. Просто чашки одного типа висят так близко друг к другу, что и кажется, что они размножились.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: illusions, optical, photos, shown

TikTok filter brings people in photos to life

21/07/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

The social network TikTok never ceases to amaze its users. This time, a new Live Photo filter caught everyone’s attention. It is already available for everyone, and its work is provided by the Deep Nostalgia neural network.

♥ BY THEME: Optical illusion: all the balls in this picture are the same color, but how do you see?

The filter attracts with its ability to bring photos to life. The neural network recognizes human faces in pictures and adds animation to them in the form of facial expressions. This is how the feeling is formed as if a person comes to life. Using the filter is simple – you need to point the camera at the desired photo in the TikTok application, in the lens the face will come to life and start either winking or smiling. True, the results can be both surprising and a little shocking.

A post with an example of how the filter works was published on Reddit and immediately went viral. In just a day, readers left more than 700 comments. Users just note that the filter does not always work correctly. And the video itself, published on the Gfycat platform, has already been viewed by more than 2 million people.

And in TikTok, thanks to this filter, a new trend has formed – users are actively using it in the photos of deceased relatives. In addition to processing the photo, the social network also uploads its own reaction to the animation, the revitalization of relatives. How ethical it is is still a question. However, no one bothers you to find your application for this interesting opportunity.

Link to the “Live Photo” filter in TikTok

Download TikTok for iPhone

Download TikTok for Android

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: brings, filter, life, people, photos, TikTok

How to properly search for photos (images) on Mac (macOS)

12/07/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

In this article, we will tell you how to quickly find all possible images on macOS without using third-party programs. Fast, easy and most importantly free.

♥ BY THEME: How to quickly search for emails in the Mail app on Mac.

Image storage is one of the most common problems among new macOS users. Mac offers to store photos and other pictures in the Photos library (and accordingly view them directly from the program itself). Those who have upgraded from older versions of OS X also have an iPhoto library. Photo Booth saves the footage in its own place. And then there is a folder with images with a bunch of subfolders. And then sooner or later you come across duplicates. To understand all this garbage, you first need to find all the images. The easiest option would be to create a smart folder with certain parameters. This is very easy to do.

♥ BY THEME: How to transfer photos and videos from your computer (Windows or Mac) to the Google Photos cloud and free up storage space.

How to Find All Photos on Mac?

one… Start a search in Finder for which simultaneously hold down the keys Command (⌘) + Option (⎇) + Space anywhere in the system.

2… Click on plus sign (+) in the upper right corner of the Finder window.

How to find all available photos (images) on Mac (macOS)

How to find all available photos (images) on Mac (macOS)

3… Next to the field “A type“Tap on the field”Any“And select”Picture“. You can selectively switch to a specific format as a format (JPEG, PNG, TIFF, and so on). By default, the Finder will search for all types of images.

How to find all available photos (images) on Mac (macOS)

If you need to find several specific formats, you need to create an additional condition. To do this, hold down the key Option (⎇) and press the button with ellipsis (…) in the upper right corner (before you pressed the button on the keyboard, there was a plus sign). Now you can add multiple search terms of equal value.

If the required format is not in the list, then instead of “Picture»Select«Other“And in the field indicate the exact name of the format, for example”photoshop“.

How to find all available photos (images) on Mac (macOS)

♥ BY THEME: “Preview” on Mac (macOS): hidden features of the photo editor.

How to find all photos (images) on Mac except for a certain format

In this case, an exception must be thrown.

one… Choose a bundle “Type – Image – All“.

2… Open the menu with additional conditions (click plus sign (+) while holding down the key Option (⎇)).

3… Specify the condition “None“And then select”Type – Image – Format“Or if the required format is not in the list, then use the following options”Type – Other – Format“.

How to find all photos (images) on Mac except for a certain format

The resulting search result (and this is our smart folder) can be saved, for which in the upper right corner, click the button “Save”, And then specify the smart folder name and location.

How to find all photos (images) on Mac except for a certain format

How to find all photos (images) on Mac except for a certain format

Attention! The saved smart folder does not contain physical files! This is just a template for instantly retrieving the results of the specified search parameters. Each time you open a Smart Folder, your Mac will show you fresh search results.

♥ BY THEME: Folder size in Finder on Mac: how to enable.

How do I sort found images?

Having found all or some specific images on the Mac, you just have to physically shuffle them into new folders. To do this, in the search box, press the keyboard shortcut Command (⌘) + A or in the menu bar open File -> Select All and then move the images to the desired folder on the disk.

If there are a lot of files (several hundred thousand), then most likely some system images that are somehow created by third-party applications got into the search. In this case, we recommend adding an exclusion parameter by size. For this:

one… Repeat points 1 and 2 of the previous paragraph.

2… Select the condition “None“.

3… Instead “A type” select “Other“, And then in the context menu”file size»Check the box.

How to find all photos (images) on Mac except for a certain format

How to find all photos (images) on Mac except for a certain format

four… It remains to choose “Less than“And size in kilobytes… You can safely set the value to 30, or even 100 KB.

How to find all photos (images) on Mac except for a certain format

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: images, Mac, macOS, photos, properly, search

How to hide (hide) photos or videos on iPhone or iPad + new features from iOS 14

11/07/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Did you know that your iPhone or iPad has a feature that lets you hide your photos from the Camera Roll? Let’s say your device contains pictures that are not intended for prying eyes, but which you do not want to delete. A special function will allow you to hide them, however, with its help you can find incriminating photos on someone else’s device if it falls into your hands.

♥ BY THEME: How to get free unlimited Yandex.Disk cloud for storing photos and videos from iPhone and iPad.

Video:

In the meantime, there is no need to worry about it. ”

How to hide photos in Camera Roll on iPhone and iPad

It is very easy to hide a compromising picture. Make sure no one is watching you and find the photo you want. Select it in the usual way and click on the arrow Share… Scroll through the quick actions menu until you reach the option Hide (crossed-out eye icon).

How to hide photos in Camera Roll on iPhone and iPad

Click on the icon and confirm the action. When you do all of the above, the compromising photo will no longer appear on the film.

How to hide photos in Camera Roll on iPhone and iPad

♥ BY THEME: Get instant access to your first or last photos in Photos on iPhone and iPad.

How to view hidden photos and make them visible again

All hidden photos are placed in the album “Hidden”which is in the section “Albums” on an iPhone or iPad. At any time, you can make them visible again in the same way you hid them.

Please note that the album “Hidden” available to anyone who picks up your iPhone or iPad. Likewise, you can take an unlocked device of someone from your friends or family and view the contents of the album. “Hidden”…

It is worth noting that starting from iOS 14, the album “Hidden” can be hidden from the list of albums in the Photos application (more details below).

How to hide photos in Camera Roll on iPhone and iPad

How to hide photos in Camera Roll on iPhone and iPad

♥ BY THEME: How to hide individual apps from the iPhone home screen.

How to hide a hidden album in Photos (iOS 14 and newer only)

Prior to iOS 14, iPadOS 14, and macOS 11 Big Sur, hiding a photo or video would temporarily remove them from the Photos tabs. As a result, you could only see them in a special hidden album in the tab “Albums”… But if anyone using your device knew where to look, they could easily navigate to the tab “Albums” and find your hidden album located in the section “Other albums”…

With the release of iOS 14 on iPhone and iPad, you can now hide a hidden album. For this:

1. Open the app “Settings” on an iPhone or iPad with iOS 14 (iPadOS 14) or later.

2. In the root list, select the section “Photo”…

3. Deactivate the switch next to “Album” Hidden “to hide the album from view.

How to hide a hidden album in Photos

Now you can give your iPhone to a friend without worrying that he will start browsing your photo albums and see something unwanted. Don’t worry – your buddy won’t be able to find your hidden album at all. To make it appear again, you need to turn on the switch “Album” Hidden “ in application settings “Photo”…

When enabling the parameter “Album” Hidden “ this item will reappear in the tab “Albums”…

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: features, hide, iOS, iPad, iPhone, photos, videos

Free stock photos, videos and music: 5 sites

09/07/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

In recent years, much more attention has been paid to copyright protection than before. In the digital age, the use of images that you do not have the legal rights to publish is fraught with negative consequences. There is always the possibility that someone will stumble upon an illegally published picture. At best, you can be chided for piracy, and at worst, you can be sued for copyright infringement.

If you want to find a suitable ready-made image, for example, for your site, we advise you to turn to resources that offer images that are allowed for public publication. The same goes for videos, music, icons, etc. Where can you find all this? We bring to your attention five sites from where you can safely take stock images and other media content without worrying about the copyright of their creators.

♥ BY THEME: Free photo stock: 5 useful sites for the legal download of copyright photos.

Pexels: Free Photos & Videos

Pexels: Free Photos & Videos

Pexels is one of the best stock image and video sites that you can download for free and without registration. Importantly, each photo or video is accompanied by clear instructions explaining exactly how it can be used. In addition, Pexels is an aggregator that collects stock images from multiple sites in one place.

♥ BY THEME: Animals and insects, or 30 reasons not to go to Australia.

Bensound: Author’s Music for YouTube Videos

Five sites with free pictures, videos, footage and sound effects

Surely you have hardly ever heard of the Bensound project. However, when you visit this site, you will be very surprised why it is still not being trumpeted at all angles. Bensound provides copyright music for anyone involved in creating videos for YouTube and other media projects. You don’t have to pay for music, the main thing is to indicate in your work its author.

The site interface is very simple and straightforward. Filters allow you to search for music by several parameters: date added, genre and keywords. Each audio file can be listened to before downloading.

♥ BY THEME: Looking for wallpaper for two monitors (screens)? These 8 sites will help you find the best images…

Vimeo Free HD: High Definition Video Editing Footage

Five sites with free pictures, videos, footage and sound effects

Vimeo has long been regarded as YouTube’s main competitor. Professional video creators prefer to publish their creations there because Vimeo attracts true video art lovers.

There is a whole group of videographers on the site who are ready to share their footage with anyone. The group is currently not as active as it used to be, but it still has a whole collection of short videos.

For something a little more fresh, check out the groups on Vimeo that offer Creative Commons-licensed footage. However, please read the Creative Commons terms carefully before using the video. Among other things, free video content can be downloaded from The Public Domain Project website. The resource provides a large collection of videos, the license for which has already expired.

♥ BY THEME: Music for YouTube without copyright: 5 sites with free and authorized music for YouTube.

Flat Icon: Free Icons

Flat Icon: Free Icons

If you are looking to update the display of your computer or mobile device, there is nothing better than downloading new icons. In addition, various icons can be used to design flyers, business cards, letterheads, and more.

Flat Icon: Free Icons

Currently Flat Icon is arguably the best site to offer a large collection of free icons. All images are available in several formats – SVG, PNG, EPS and PSD. The resource allows you to download both individual icons and entire packages.

♥ BY THEME: How to transfer files over the Internet: 5 fast and free online file transfer services.

All The Free Stock: Free media content for every taste

Five sites with free pictures, videos, footage and sound effects

If you do not want to waste your time visiting all the above-mentioned sites, you can safely use only one. All The Free Stock offers all kinds of stock images, videos, layouts, sound effects, fonts, icons, and more.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: free, Music, photos, sites, stock, videos

Viewing Photos on Mac: An Overview of the Best Viewers for macOS

07/07/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Almost all users who migrated from Windows to macOS look with bewilderment at the standard options for viewing photos. After all, here you can’t just open and flip through the images – everywhere there are some incomprehensible nuances. In this article, we will tell you how to properly work with navigation when viewing images using standard macOS tools, and also offer several options from third-party developers.

♥ BY THEME: Launchpad on Mac: what it is and how to set it up correctly to use it.

In general, according to the intention of the developers from Apple, we should all use the “Photos” application. But you, just like the rest of the majority, may simply not understand why you need to constantly import something somewhere, create separate albums and at the same time run a separate application, if everything can be looked at in Explorer, where the files are sorted into folders with your own hands.

♥ BY THEME: 4 ways to select (highlight) files on Mac (macOS)…

Quick View, View and Finder

Opening an image in File Explorer launches the application “View“. Still, there is a possibility of flipping through the photo with the arrows (left and right) on the keyboard. There are three ways out of the situation:

1. Highlight the first (or any other) image in the folder and press Space (or the keyboard shortcut Command (⌘) + Y). Surely you know that the spacebar launches the standard Quick View application, which allows you to view almost any file without launching specialized programs with which they are associated. In the “Quick View” you can switch photos using the arrows on the keyboard (up, down or left, right).

Photo

And if in the mode “Quick view“(When images have been selected and clicked Space) press the keyboard shortcut Command (⌘) + Enter (Return), then you can open a preview of all selected images for quick navigation and switching between them.

Photo

2. Highlight all or required images for viewing and start slideshow mode… To do this, hold down the key Alt (Option ⎇) and open the menu File → Slide Show Objects … or just remember the keyboard shortcut Command (⌘) + Alt (Option ⎇) + Y… If you want to manually switch images, just pause the slideshow and use the arrows on your keyboard or trackpad.

Photo

And there is also a very convenient option “Index List“(Icon with squares). By clicking on it, you can see a grid of all images and quickly find and switch to the required one.

Photo

3. View (view) “Gallery” in the Finder also allows you to quickly view folders with photos on your Mac through an expanded preview pane and detailed metadata. However, this preview is still not good enough to find the best shots. This Finder functionality works great for basic scripts, but it lacks powerful navigation controls and information retrieval.

View pictures in the Finder on Mac

If all the described ways of solving the issue of viewing images by standard means seem too complicated for you, we suggest downloading and enjoying the software from third-party developers.

You don’t need heavy apps like Apple Photos or Adobe Lightroom or complex databases to update and organize your collection when displaying images. We’ll walk you through some of the best photo viewing apps for macOS with unique features that you can use.

♥ BY THEME: How to invoke and work with the Dock in macOS using hotkeys…

XnView MP

xnview - Viewer for Mac

XnView MP is a multifunctional application for viewing and organizing multimedia, which is almost analogous to the popular ACDSee program. XnView MP provides many features that are often found only in paid software. These are tools for classifying and sorting photos, batch operations for processing multiple images, the ability to edit metadata and support for 500 image formats.

xnview - Viewer for Mac

When you first start XnView MP, you will see three panels. On the left is the file system displayed by the Finder with three tabs. Folders allow you to view a list of folders on your computer. The photos you like become visible in Chosen… At the same time the tab Filter by category consists of pre-configured categories that allow you to combine and tag them at the same time.

The center pane shows thumbnails of the images selected in the left window. By moving the slider, you can adjust their size. Also on the menu View it is possible to select the type of presentation to show more / less details or set up auto-scaling of images. In addition, xnView allows you to sort images by title, date and file size, or even filter by rating, tags, comments or tags.

xnview - Viewer for Mac

By default, there are panels at the bottom of the program: Preview, Categories and Informationthat allow you to quickly view the image, add it to the appropriate categories, as well as familiarize yourself with the file properties, histogram and EXIF ​​data.

Unique Features:

  • Support for non-standard and legacy formats, as well as Photoshop, Corel, Autodesk, and HEIF (High Efficiency Image File Format) file types. The program also handles handwritten characters for file and folder names in different languages.
  • The application processes the RAW format and uses the GPU for performance, caching, and processing. It also fully supports 8/16/32 bit internal image bit depth per component.
  • XnView gives you a variety of customization options. You can freely arrange layouts according to your needs. To create your own layout go to the menu View…
  • The app integrates with XnConvert to help you convert, batch resize images, and apply various kinds of settings. These include rotation, watermarks, filters, fancy effects, and more.
  • XnView lets you create your own slideshows and project them to another monitor. You can customize the timer (or keyboard tap transition), screen size, transition effects, and background music.

Free download XnView MP (official site of the developer)

♥ BY THEME: How to fine-tune macOS without Terminal: 4 useful utilities.

ApolloOne

apolloone - Viewer for Mac

ApolloOne is an intuitive image viewer that lets you organize your photos efficiently. The application has a built-in engine for processing RAW from cameras, which makes it possible to quickly preview the footage before importing it. ApolloOne gives you access to various local and network folders via Places… To customize them, click ⌘Cmd + N or press the button Browser on the toolbar.

Click the icon Plus (+)to add a folder. To quickly view its contents, you only need to press a few keys. And to find out more about any image, click ⌘Cmd + I or the button Inspector on the toolbar. Here you can see detailed information about the image and the camera (its serial number, number of shutter releases, and much more). ApolloOne has built-in support for thousands of digital cameras.

apolloone - Viewer for Mac

You can sort images by creation date, modification date, file size and type, and define your own sorting options in ascending or descending order. There is the ability to filter images by tags, ratings and tags.

Slideshow mode (Preferences → Slideshow) shows photos with 12 different transition effects and loops. You can even customize your playlist to run in the background. To start the slideshow, press F5and the key F6 will stop showing.

apolloone - Viewer for Mac

Unique Features:

  • The app is equipped with a powerful RAW processing engine that can process RAW images without any lag. It also has a built-in camera RAW decoder for quick file analysis.
  • ApolloOne uses the GPU to speed up the display of images. In this case, there is some loss of quality for the sake of speed. To improve the quality, enable Preferences → Appearance → High quality image scaling… You don’t have to mess around with these options on newer Macs.
  • When viewing photos, the app gives you another option to view all images – as a film strip. It appears at the top of the window and can be enabled via Tools → Show Filmstrip… The feed is generated from high-resolution thumbnail images for improved navigation.
  • You can also edit the metadata that Spotlight uses for indexing. To do this, edit the field Keywords, and in a few seconds you will be able to search for images by keywords. ApolloOne fully supports macOS extended attributes, which makes tagging a much more powerful tool.
  • In contact list mode (View → Contact Sheet) thumbnails are displayed in a grid. Using this, you can perform file operations on multiple items at once.

Free Download ApolloOne (Mac App Store)

♥ BY THEME: How to hide files and folders on Mac (macOS) from strangers: 3 ways.

LilyView

Super simple and minimalistic program that copes with viewing at 100%. You just associate all the image formats in it and by double-clicking on any photo in the folder, you can either use the arrows or use the trackpad to navigate.

Photo

Many people will like the fact that all interface elements are hidden and the image opens almost to the full screen (like QuickTime opens a video). An additional menu with information can be viewed by moving the cursor to the right edge of the window. You will also love rotating or zooming your photos using trackpad gestures.

Photo

LilyView even opens GIF animations without any problems. And there is also a built-in utility for controlling Philips HUE smart bulbs.

Download LilyView (Mac App Store)

♥ BY THEME: How to find out where a file was downloaded from on Mac…

qView

qview - viewer for Mac

qView is a simple, cross-platform, minimalistic image viewer without toolbars or unnecessary menu items. The program simply focuses on your image, and the descriptive title bar shows the file name, file number, resolution, and size. When you launch the application for the first time, you will see a blank window. Follow the path File → Open and select a folder to display its contents.

Use the left or right arrow keys to navigate through the photos. Scrolling the mouse wheel will zoom in or out. Right click on the image to bring up a dialog box with information. You can rotate, flip, or return to its original size for a detailed view.

Unique Features:

  • The application requires few resources. Even when viewing high-resolution images, memory consumption and CPU utilization remain within reasonable limits. With multi-threaded preloading, you won’t see any lag when navigating through your photos.
  • qView supports GIF format, which allows you to increase or decrease the speed at which a specific frame is saved. Go to Tools → GIF Controlsto explore the available options.
  • The application allows you to view your photos as a slideshow. Go to Preferences → Miscellaneousto access the slide show options. Here you can configure the timer, preload parameters, cycle and display direction.
  • qView offers you several keyboard shortcuts for navigation, access to various options, and general usability. Visit the qView GitHub page to explore these combinations.

Free download qView (official site of the developer)

♥ BY THEME: How to take a screenshot (screenshot) on Mac – 4 ways + new tools.

Fragment

fragment - viewer for Mac

Fragment is a cross-platform image viewer application. It is based on a Head-Up Display (HUD) interface similar in visual presentation to video games. You won’t see any toolbars, menus, or buttons. Control windows appear on the screen only when you move the mouse pointer over interface elements. Which controls you see depends on the position of your mouse cursor on the screen.

fragment - viewer for Mac

Click on the link to get started No. image (no image) and go to the folder. When you hover your mouse over the top of the window, you will see an elongated panel in the form of a timeline. And for the side panels to appear, move the mouse cursor over the edges of the picture.

The left panel offers various viewing modes. And the right panel allows you to crop or rotate the image. Below you will see the details of your photo.

fragment - viewer for Mac

Unique Features:

  • When you hover your mouse up, you can drag the indicator to scan at high speed. This way you can quickly view the photos. When you click on a thumbnail image, it will open immediately.
  • In the settings, you can set the mouse wheel to zoom in / out or view the next / previous images. Moreover, you can also change the background, window geometry and other parameters.
  • Supports viewing 30 image formats, as well as PSD, HDR, PFM, TIFF and others. The built-in animated GIF viewer has speed control and also allows you to save specific frames.
  • Click on the drop-down menu button to open the context menu. From there, you can directly share your photo to Facebook, move or copy the image to another location, and view the file’s properties.
  • Fragment also offers unique slideshow features. There are over 50 transition options with different settings. While the slideshow is playing, you can still navigate, view, edit, and delete images.

Free download Fragment (developer site)

♥ BY THEME: How to use the Photos app on Mac (macOS): How to apply filters and edit images.

Lyn

lyn - viewer for Mac

Lyn is a minimalist media organizer and viewer for macOS. It is perfect for photographers, graphic artists and web designers. Lyn supports non-standard, legacy image formats and RAW from a wide range of digital cameras. If they are recognized by the application, it will allow you to quickly download high-resolution photos and rescale them.

lyn - viewer for Mac

The application uses the typical Finder folder structure. Unlike Photos or Adobe Lightroom, no image library is used. Its database slows down the browsing process and also consumes your Mac’s resources.

lyn - viewer for Mac

When you launch the application, you will see three panels. On the left is the entire folder structure, all smart folders you created and connected devices. The viewer shows the contents of the selected folder with various viewing options. In the mode Icon view (icons) pictures are displayed in the form of thumbnails, and in the form List view (list) a small thumbnail with image metadata is displayed. There is a panel on the right Inspector to display technical information about the selected file.

lyn - viewer for Mac

Unique Features:

  • Lyn supports multithreading to display high-resolution pictures without any lag. Testing has shown a reasonable consumption of system resources by the program.
  • The application has a built-in function for managing color profiles. It can detect and apply any color profile specified in the EXIF ​​or Markernote section.
  • Lyn supports photo libraries stored on an external hard drive. The application can attach and view libraries without any problems.
  • The application supports non-destructive editing, that is, you can freely crop, rotate the image and edit its metadata without destroying the original image. The details of the operations are saved in a special file.
  • You can post your photos directly to Flickr, Dropbox and SmugMug.

Download Lyn (developer’s official site)

♥ BY THEME: Continuity: How to get started on an iPhone or iPad and continue on a Mac, and vice versa.

Hee

Photo

Another high-quality viewer for macOS. Simple, straightforward, compact and quite easy to use. There are also no functions for editing images (except for the possibility of cropping), but there is Russian localization. Разработчики предоставляют право месяц потестить приложение бесплатно, а уже затем предложат купить лицензию (299 рублей).

Скачать Хее (Mac App Store)

♥ BY THEME: Активные углы на macOS: что это, как настроить и пользоваться…

JustLooking

Photo

Мало чем отличающийся от Хее просмотрщик изображений. Главное преимущество — бесплатность и широкий инструментарий по настройке программы под свои потребности. Очень быстрая и удобная.

Скачать JustLooking (официальный сайт разработчика)

♥ BY THEME: Как включить анимационную заставку (скринсейвер) из собственных фото на Mac.

Бесплатные и платные редакторы изображений для Mac

Хотя просмотр изображений и кажется простой операцией, разные пользователи выбирают свои варианты ее реализации. И хотя чаще всего обычный предварительный просмотр соответствует всем потребностям, рассмотренные нами приложения охватывают широкий спектр вариантов использования для специалистов различного профиля. Вы можете попробовать эти программы и посмотреть, какая из них соответствует вашим потребностям лучше всего.

Если же вы хотите редактировать изображения после их просмотра, то вам нужен редактор изображений. Рассмотренные приложения имеют возможность обмена или меню Открыть с помощью, чтобы напрямую открывать картинку в выбранном вами редакторе. Некоторые из лучших приложений такого рода для Mac мы уже рассматривали.

О своих любимых программах или способах просмотра изображений на Mac обязательно расскажите в комментариях.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Mac, macOS, Overview, photos, Viewers, viewing

How to Add Song from Apple Music to “Memories” from “Photos”

06/07/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

In iOS 15, Apple’s native Photos app received a significant Memory update, including a new design, an improved interactive interface, new visuals, and broader integration with Apple Music.

♥ BY THEME: How to recognize text from photos on iPhone without installing third-party applications.

The Photos app has always supported basic music integration when creating and viewing memories, but Apple Music subscribers can now add any song from this proprietary music service to their Memories.

When a Memory is selected in Photos, the new Memory Mix will suggest songs based on your previous Apple Music listening history that can be combined with your photos and videos. But you can choose a song yourself for more for improved personalization of the created content.

In addition to listening to songs, memory mixes also offer color filters that can be combined with the memory of your choice and accompanying music to create a specific atmosphere.

How to Add Song from Apple Music to “Memories” from “Photos”

Note: this only works on devices running iOS 15 and iPadOS 15.

1. Launch the Photos app on your iPhone or iPad, then select the tab “For you”…

2. In the section “Memories” select the memory you want to edit.

How to Add Song from Apple Music to

3. Tap the playing memory to display the control overlay. Now tap the icon “Mixes of Memories” in the lower left corner (it looks like a musical note with asterisks).

4. Swipe left or right and the Photos app will use machine learning to match Apple Music tracks with different memories in the best possible combinations. (Use the icon Restart in the upper left corner to rewind the memory.)

How to Add Song from Apple Music to

5. If the proposed song seems appropriate to the memory, then just tap the screen. The music and image will be applied to your memory. Alternatively, tap the Music icon (a musical note with a + sign) to select a different song.

6. You can use “Best deals” Apple Music or other service categories, or click the icon “Search” at the top to find a specific song in your music library.

How to Add Song from Apple Music to

7. Click “Done” when you have selected a song to preview in your memory. Now tap the screen and the music will be saved in that memory.

In addition to integrating with Apple Music, Photos also got new types of memories, including new international holidays, childhood memories, trending trends, and improved pet memories, including even the ability to recognize individual dogs and cats.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: add, apple, Memories, Music, photos, song

How to change EXIF ​​metadata on photos on iPhone and iPad

08/06/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Any photograph is supplied with a certain amount of hidden information called metadata. This can be the date the image was taken, the camera model and parameters of the snapshot, information about the location, owner, etc.

♥ BY THEME: Which smartphone has the best camera in 2021 – Top 15.

Such information can sometimes tell even more than the image itself. Therefore, users sometimes need to change the metadata of a photo, the most convenient way is to do this right on the iPhone itself. Someone needs to delete location information during the photo, correct the date of the photo, add the necessary data.

With the release of iOS 15 and iPadOS 15, Apple added the ability to view and edit EXIF ​​metadata on photos on iPhone and iPad. In this article we will show you how to do it.

♥ BY THEME: Tap on iPhone Cover – Take a screenshot: How to bind actions to tap on the back of an iPhone.

How to view / change Exif metadata of location, dates, etc. in the Photos app on iPhone

Every image in the Photos app now has a new button available “I” (Information) that opens Exif metadata, including: aspect ratio, information about the camera used for the photo, and the location where it was taken.

How to view / change Exif metadata of location, dates, etc. in the Photos app on iPhone

Previously, it was not possible to view this information directly in the Photos application on the iPhone, so to view it, you had to use third-party applications (see below), create a quick command, or use another device altogether.

This interface can be used to add captions and view the location where the photo was taken, and it is also possible to change metadata such as the date and location of the photo.

In order to change the date of the snapshot, press the button Make changes, select a new date and press Done…

How to view / change Exif metadata of location, dates, etc. in the Photos app on iPhone

In order to change the location (coordinates) on the photo, click on the appeared thumbnail on the map, and then the button Edit…

How to view / change Exif metadata of location, dates, etc. in the Photos app on iPhone How to view / change Exif metadata of location, dates, etc. in the Photos app on iPhone

In some photos next to the button “Information” a sparkle will also be shown. This means the device has recognized the object or object in the photo and you can see additional information in the search mode.

How to view / change Exif metadata of location, dates, etc. in the Photos app on iPhone

There is also a new ability to press the Live button for any Live photo to automatically switch it to Loop, Pendulum or Long exposure mode.

How to edit Live Photos effect

♥ BY THEME: How to view photos and videos taken on an iPhone or iPad on a map.

How to change or add location information to a photo using the Exif Metadata app

This app is available as a free download from the App Store for your iPhone. Exif Metadata can be installed on the iPad, but it is worth considering the fact that the program is optimized for use on a smartphone.

After downloading Exif Metadata and installing it, the application must be launched and the following steps must be performed:

1. Allow the program to access your photos.

2. From the list of displayed albums, select the desired photo. A window will open with detailed metadata for this file, including information about the location of the camera during the snapshot.

How to view / change Exif metadata of location, dates, etc. on iPhone

3. Click the button Edit locationto change the current data or add new ones.

How to change EXIF ​​metadata on photos on iPhone and iPad

4. It is possible to use the location search to add your current location or enter coordinates in the field Search Location… And you can navigate the map with your finger. Setting the pin to the end point is done with a long press on it.

5. After finishing the selection of coordinates, press the button Save in the upper right corner.

How to change EXIF ​​metadata on photos on iPhone and iPad

♥ BY THEME: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to change the date and time of a photo

Metadata also allows you to find out the date of the photo. This parameter can also be changed.

1. Scroll to the bottom of the Exif Metadata window and click the button there. Edit Exif to start editing.

2. Find the date field, Date, and click on it. The classic date selection form will open. Similarly, you can change the time when the photo was created by clicking on the field Time…

3. After finishing the changes press the button Save…

How to change EXIF ​​metadata on photos on iPhone and iPad

♥ BY THEME: How to create a double in a photo (clone objects) on iPhone…

Modifying or adding other metadata

In a photo, you can change not only the location, date and time data, but also some other metadata elements.

1. At the bottom of the Exif Metadata window, click the Edit Exif…

2. Click on any metadata section to make changes.

3. After finishing editing press the button. Save in the upper right corner.

If for some reason you need to change the metadata for a photo, the Exif Metadata app is a great option. The program’s interface is simple and intuitive, the options for changes are quite flexible, and the program itself is free.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: change, EXIF, iPad, iPhone, metadata, photos

How to annotate (draw) photos, PDFs, e-mails, notes on iPhone and iPad

15/05/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Chances are you’ve already paid attention and probably ignored the marker icon when using your iPhone. This icon is called Markup and is a built-in feature of the operating system that dates back to iOS 10.

Markup allows you to annotate photos – mainly used to create hand-drawn annotations on pictures or PDF files in various iPhone applications.

The instrument is interesting, but clearly not fully explored by us. We invite you to familiarize yourself with the features of the Markup function in various applications on the iPhone or iPad.

♥ BY TOPIC: Tap on iPhone Cover – Take a screenshot: How to bind actions to tap on the back of an iPhone.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

In the Mail app, you can use markup when composing a new email or replying to an existing email. There are different options for accessing the markup function, depending on what you want to do.

If you want to add a drawing:

1. Select the email text, then press the button. Markupthat looks like the tip of a pencil or marker inside a circle.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

2. Alternatively, you can quickly double-tap the body of the letter and select “Insert picture»In the pop-up menu that appears. You will need to use the side arrows to get to this point.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

3. This will take you to a blank drawing page where you can create your drawing using a variety of tools.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

4. Click Done → Insert picture…

Markup in emails in the Mail app

You can also use the markup feature to edit screenshots, pictures from Photos, scanned documents, or attachments from your iPhone or iCloud Drive. You can add specific media to your email.

To add documents, photos and scanned documents:

1. Select the appropriate icon (document, photo, attachment, or scan document button) in the format bar above the virtual keyboard.

2. Alternatively, double-tap the body of the email and select “Add document”, “Insert photo / video” or “Scan Document” from the pop-up menu that appears. You will need to use arrows to navigate. Find the photo or PDF you want to attach and tag it.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

To use the photo you just took in your message:

1. Tap the camera icon in the format bar.

2. Take a photo.

3. Click “Use photo», If you are satisfied with the taken photo.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

After you have added the media of your choice (photo, scanned document, etc.), you can already work with the markup function by doing one of the following:

  • Double-tap a media file (such as a photo) and select “Markup»In the pop-up menu.
  • Double-tap the media file and click the markup icon in the formatting bar above the keyboard.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

Draw, annotate and use other markup features for your media of choice. When everything is ready, click “Done”, Then complete your email and send it.

Markup in emails in the Mail app

♥ BY TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

Markup in Messages (iMessage)

The Messages app lets you add emoji, detail and color to your messages, all with the Markup feature. To send a tagged photo, you can start a new conversation or reply in an existing chat.

This is how it works:

1. To use an existing photo, in the Messages chat window, click the photo button and select an image. To use a new photo, press the camera button and take a photo with your device’s camera.

2. Select a photo in the message box, then click Markup in the lower left corner.

Markup in Messages (iMessage)

3. Draw, annotate and use other markup functions as desired by clicking the add-ons button “+“.

4. When ready, press Save → Done…

Markup in Messages (iMessage)

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

Marking up images in the Photos app

You can also tag captured photos directly in the Photos app on your device:

1. Go to the app “Photo” and select the photo you want to tag.

2. Click “Edit”, and then the icon with three dots in the upper right corner of the screen.

Marking up images in the Photos app

3. Select “Markup”… Draw, add text, or use other markup features as you see fit.

Marking up images in the Photos app

4. Click “Done”to exit partitioning mode.

5. If you do not need to somehow additionally correct the photo, click “Finish”.

Tagging images in the Photos app

Please note that any changes you apply to the original photo will remain in it. You can undo the markup by clicking the menu “Edit” and choosing Return → Revert to original…

Tagging images in the Photos app

Marking up images in the Photos app

If you need the original photo, you can first make a duplicate of it and then mark up a copy of the original image. Here’s how you can do it:

1. Tap a photo.

2. Touch the “Share “…

3. Select “Duplicate”… The duplicate photo will appear as the last item in the album you’re in.

How to duplicate a photo on an iPhone or iPad

How to duplicate a photo on an iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

Screenshot markup

Every time you take a screenshot on your iPhone, a small overlaid preview window appears in the lower left corner of the screen. You can use this snapshot and also make the necessary notes using the Markup tool:

1. Tap the preview image and the markup tools will appear in front of you.

2. Use the markup functions to annotate or draw on the screenshot.

Screenshot markup

3. When finished, press “Done”…

4. You can save the annotated screenshot to “Photo”by clicking “Save to Photo”… If you wish, you can choose another option – “Save to Files”to prevent the screenshot from being included in the Photo Collection.

Screenshot markup

♥ BY TOPIC: IPhone activation date, or how to find out the remaining warranty period: 2 ways.

Markup (drawing) in notes

You can also access the markup tool from the Notes application. Just tap the markup icon in the format bar above the keyboard or at the bottom of the screen. The layout tools will immediately appear at the bottom.

Markup (drawing) in notes

Keep in mind that you cannot add markup to images or text in a note. A yellow border will appear to show you an area where you can draw or annotate. When you’re done, click Finish.

Markup (drawing) in notes

Make sure you are finished with the markings before pressing the “Done”, Since you will no longer be able to edit it after confirming the action.

♥ BY TOPIC: IPhone and iPad text gestures you might not know about.

Markup (markup) in PDFs in Apple’s Books app

You can also use the Markup tool in Apple’s Books app. However, it will only work with PDF files, ePub books do not support markup.

To use this feature in Books:

1. Tap the document you want to mark.

2. Tap anywhere to exit full screen mode.

Markup (markup) in PDFs in Apple's Books app

3. Click the markup icon at the top center of the page. The markup tools will immediately appear at the bottom of the page.

4. Then click the markup icon again to exit the markup environment. Your edits will appear on the page.

Markup (markup) in PDFs in Apple's Books app

5. If you want to delete or change the markup, just click the markup icon again. Click on the part you want to delete or change.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to view photos and videos taken on an iPhone or iPad on a map.

Conclusion

The markup tool is integrated into several built-in Apple apps and features. Whether you’re working with email, photos, notes, or documents, annotating can come in handy. This makes it easier for you to store information, indicate accents, or even just add flavor to different content.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: annotate, draw, emails, iPad, iPhone, notes, PDFs, photos

How to make Gif from Live Photos on iPhone or Mac

04/04/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

The Live Photos camera function first appeared in 2015 with the release of iOS 9. It allows you to take a photo in the form of not a static, but a moving frame. More precisely, the frame itself, as well as 1.5 seconds before and after it, are played back as video at 15 frames per second.

♥ BY THEME: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

After the introduction of the Live Photos feature in iOS, many applications and services began to support it, giving users the ability to share “live photos”. The Photos app even has a special option that allows you to post moving pictures to social networks and send them to instant messengers. However, there are still applications that do not support Live Photo. They only allow you to exchange static, non-animated images (JPG), and the best solution in this case would be to create a “GIF”.

Have you shot a cool Live Photos on your iPhone or iPad and want to post it on social media as a GIF? Below we will tell you how.

♥ BY THEME: How to crop video on iPhone and iPad without third-party apps.

How to make a Gif (gif) from a “live photo” directly on an iPhone or iPad

1. Open the “Photos” application, in “Albums” select the “Live Photos” folder and click on the desired picture to open it in full screen.

How to make a Gif from Live Photos on iPhone, iPad or Mac

2. Swipe up from the center of the screen, and additional information about the photo will open. Four options will appear, of which in this case we are only interested in animation effects (The loop and Pendulum). With Loop, the animation will play continuously, while with the Pendulum effect, it will play from start to finish, and then vice versa.

How to make a Gif from Live Photos on iPhone, iPad or Mac

3. Select one of the two options and return to “Albums”… Select a folder “Animated”where all gifs created on the iOS device are stored. If the folder was absent before, now it will appear automatically.

How to make a Gif from Live Photos on iPhone, iPad or Mac

When you open the animation, the created GIF will open in the folder. In the upper left corner, it will be noted which of the animation effects was applied to this photo. Then you can post it or send it to someone as usual. Alternatively, you can mail the GIF image to yourself.

How to make a Gif from Live Photos on iPhone, iPad or Mac

Some might think that creating GIFs from Live Photos before publishing is a waste of time. However, not all applications support Live Photos, and creating an animated image will prevent you from publishing a static image instead of an animated one. For example, if you attach a “live photo” from a Live Photos album to an email in Gmail, it will automatically will be converted to JPEG format… However, if you send a GIF image from the Animated folder, the format will not change…

How to make a Gif from Live Photos on iPhone, iPad or Mac

♥ BY THEME: How to select multiple photos at once with one gesture on iPhone or iPad.

How to save Live Photos as gif on Mac (method 1)

This method is possible only if Photo Library in iCloud is activated on an iOS device and Mac (details). In this case, Live Photos will automatically appear in the Photos app on your Mac.

1. Open the Photos app on your Mac.

2. Select Live Photos from the right menu.

3. Open the desired Live Photo.

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

4. In the Live Photos window that opens, click the Edit in the upper right corner.

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

5. Click on the drop-down list Live and select an effect The loop or Pendulum…

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

6. Click Finish.

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

7. In the side menu of the Photo application, a section will appear. Animated… The edited Live Photos…

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

8. Select the edited Live Photos in the section Animated, go to the menu File and select Export -> Export GIF…

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

9. Select the path to save.

Everything! The image will be saved in GIF format.

♥ BY THEME: Slow motion video on iPhone: how to shoot and adjust the quality, which iPhones are supported.

How to convert Live Photos to gif on Mac (method 2)

1. Connect your iPhone to your computer with a cable.

2. Open the standard program Image Capture, iPhone should be identified in the upper left corner as a camera (memory card).

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

3. Find the required Live Photos – the “live photo” will be marked with a corresponding icon, but .JPEG will be indicated as the format (don’t be alarmed, this is Apple’s flaw). Select the required files, the path to save (for example, Desktop) and click the button Import…

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

four. “Live photo” will be saved to your computer in two files: .JPEG (static picture) and .MOV (video).

How to turn Live Photos into gif on Mac

5. Use .MOV file to create GIF. Use any GIF maker (such as GIF Brewery). An alternative option is an online service like MakeaGIF.

Done! The resulting file can be sent anywhere – even to a social network (Twitter, VKontakte, etc.), even by email.

♥ BY THEME: Yandex.Navigator without the Internet (offline): how to use it on iPhone and iPad…

How to turn Live Photos into GIFs using apps from the App Store

Of the many applications that allow you to convert Live Photos to GIF format, we recommend using the following:

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: gif, iPhone, live, Mac, photos

How to select several photos at once on an iPhone with one gesture

03/04/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

In older versions of iOS (for example, in iOS 4), it was not difficult to select a group of pictures with just one wave of the hand. Then, for some reason, Apple decided that users did not need such a function, and removed it from the system for many years. AT iOS 9 the long-awaited return of this “feature” took place.

♥ BY THEME: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

How to select multiple photos at once with one swipe in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

one… Open the app Photo…

2. Click on Choose in the upper right corner of the screen.

3. Tap the first of the photos you want, swipe left or right over the rest of the photos. Swipe up or down (only works after moving left or right) allows you to select rows of images.

How to select multiple photos at once with one gesture on iPhone and iPad

In the same way, you can deselect unnecessary photos.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: gesture, iPhone, photos, select

How to make albums from Instagram photos and videos

03/04/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

We are sure that many users of the Instagram photo service are unaware of the existence of a tool that allows you to save your favorite posts and organize them in collections (albums) that can only be viewed by the account owner. How to do this will be discussed in the instructions below.

♥ BY THEME: Who has the most Instagram followers – 40 most popular accounts.

How to save photos or videos to Instagram albums

To save a post (video or photo) to an Instagram album (collection), click on the bookmark icon under the post. In this case, the author of the publication will not know that you saved it.

How to save photos or videos to Instagram albums

The post is not actually saved on your device, you just bookmark it. If the author of the post decides to delete it from Instagram, accordingly, the post will disappear from the bookmarks you saved. All saved posts are displayed in a private section of your profile.

♥ BY THEME: Invisible in Instagram Stories, or how to anonymously view other people’s Instagram stories.

How to create a new album from an Instagram photo or video

You can create a new gallery when you save a post, add a post to an existing album, or build a collection from saved posts.

1. Tap on the profile icon, and then tap on the icon with three lines in the upper right corner of the screen;

2. Select a section Saved;

How to create albums from Instagram photos or videos

3. Click the “+” button in the upper right corner to create a new collection;

How to manage Instagram albums and add new photos and videos to them

4. Enter a name for the album and press “Further“;

5. Select the publications corresponding to the created album from those added earlier to the shared album Saved;

6. Click “Done“.

How to create a new album from an Instagram photo or video

♥ BY THEME: How to protect your Instagram account from hacking (it’s free).

How to create an album while saving a post to Instagram

one… Select the post you want to include in the new collection;

2… Press and hold the bookmark icon below the post;

3… Select an existing collection or create a new one by clicking on “+“.

How to create an album while saving a post to Instagram

♥ BY THEME: How to repost on Instagram: 3 ways.

How to manage Instagram albums and add new photos and videos to them

1. Tap on the profile icon, and then tap on the icon with three lines in the upper right corner of the screen;

2. Select a section Saved;

How to create albums from Instagram photos or videos

3. Click on the collection to which you want to add the publication;

How to manage Instagram albums and add new photos and videos to them

4. Click on the menu button (three dots) in the upper right corner, and then select “Add to collection“;

How to create albums from Instagram photos or videos

5. Select the publications corresponding to the created album from those added earlier to the shared album Saved;

6. Click “Done“.

ON THIS TOPIC: How to correctly unsubscribe from a person on Instagram so that he does not know (so as not to offend).

How to remove photos or videos from Instagram albums

one… Open the post you want to delete;

2… Click on the bookmark icon in the lower right corner;

3… Click “Remove from collection»In order to remove a publication from the collection.

How to remove photos or videos from Instagram albums

♥ BY THEME: How to add music to Instagram Stories on iPhone.

How to change the cover, rename or delete an album on Instagram

1. Tap on the profile icon, and then tap on the icon with three lines in the upper right corner of the screen;

2. Select a section Saved;

How to create albums from Instagram photos or videos

3. Select the album you want to delete;

How to manage Instagram albums and add new photos and videos to them

four… Click on the menu button (three dots) and select “Edit selection“.

How to create albums from Instagram photos or videos

Then you can either rename the album (enter a new name and click “Done“), Or delete it by clicking on the option”Delete collection», Or change the cover.

How to remove photos or videos from Instagram albumsIn the same way, you can change the album cover, for this you need to click on the menu item Edit Collection.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: albums, Instagram, photos, videos

How to draw on photos or pictures in Notes on iPad or iPhone

17/03/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Starting with iOS 11 standard app “Notes” has become much more convenient than in previous versions, however, we will tell you about a function that will certainly delight you indescribable. From now on, with or without Apple Pencil, you can draw directly over images!

♥ BY TOPIC: How to track someone who was gifted an iPhone.

Previously, images and sketches existed hand in hand, but never intersected. Now, thanks to the new feature, you can do whatever you want. For example, you store blank sheets lined for guitar tablature in the folder “Files”… You can now drag and drop them into “Notes” and, using Apple Pencil (or without it), sketch chords directly on the corresponding rulers. It is also a great opportunity to paint on a mustache on a photo of your work colleague.

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to put on an iPhone or iPad a password of 4 characters (numbers) instead of 6.

How to paint over images in Notes

Draw over images in “Notes” very simple. All you need to do is open the image in the note and click on the pencil icon.

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

When the Markup tools open, the image fills the entire screen, as if you were labeling a PDF document. In practice, there is no feeling that you have switched to some other editing mode. It seems like the image is just zoomed in to make it easier for you to edit it.

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

By the way, about PDF. In Notes, you can draw on top of both images and PDF documents. Moreover, you can undo the changes at any time. When you open a picture for editing, a black thin marker is used by default. This is not very convenient in cases when, for example, you need to mark something with a felt-tip pen of a different color on several images at once.

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to properly shade secret data on screenshots in iPhone so that they cannot be seen.

How to add a photo (image) to a note on iPad or iPhone

There are two ways to transfer a picture to the Notes application. For example, you can click on the icon with the camera image, in the context menu that appears, tap on the item “Select a photo or video”, then select the desired image and click on Add…

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

However, it’s much easier to just grab and drag a picture into an existing note. You can drag and drop an image from almost anywhere, including from web pages in the Safari browser, from the Photos app, from another note, and from a preview created with a screenshot tool. Wherever you see the picture, you can drag it to Notes.

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhoneHow to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhoneHow to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How Handoff works on iPad with iOS.

How to change the “paper” in a note (ruled or squared) on iPad or iPhone

IN “Notes” there is a function that allows you to select the type of “paper” for notes. This feature will prove to be very useful for Apple Pencil owners. By default, just a blank sheet opens, however, by going to Settings → Notes → Ruler and cage, you can choose ruled or checkered paper. Moreover, for each option, three options are offered (with a cage or ruler of different sizes).

How to paint over images in Notes on iPad or iPhone

When you select “paper” for a new note, nothing happens to the existing notes. If you want, you can change the background for any note, but this will take time. Now that in “Notes” there is an opportunity to choose stationery, users will certainly want to add their own. So far, this option is not provided, but who knows, maybe it will appear in some of the next iOS releases.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: draw, iPad, iPhone, notes, photos, pictures

30 most famous fake photos you could believe in

11/03/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Recently, not least thanks to the Internet, a new term has appeared – “fake news”. There are so many news and channels for their distribution that it is easy to come up with something of your own. Few people would think of checking the source – people will simply accept the new fact. However, not only news, but also photographs were falsified.

Learning how to work in Photoshop turned out to be a simple matter, so the editor’s capabilities attract those who like to joke. And now even the most observant critics cannot understand whether the photograph is real or a talented fake. But there are a lot of viral photos on the Internet that are liked and shared by users of social networks. But how real are these pictures? We have compiled a list of several famous photos that have turned out to be fake. They will prove that you should not believe everything that the Internet shows.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 extreme Instagram selfies (photos and videos) in places where it’s easy to lose your life.

Roaring lion from MGM screensaver

Everyone knows the famous Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer screensaver with a roaring lion. A popular photo of a sprawled and tied lion, whose head is placed in a stand with the logo of the company. In fact, the real shot has to do with the animal being diagnosed at the veterinarian’s office. This lion is known to have recovered and is now completely healthy. And for the screensavers, MGM has been used throughout history as many as 7 lions. The latter, Leo, is a symbol of the company and has appeared in most of its films since 1957.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to autotune your cat and dog video: a new trend in social networks.

Astronaut smoking marijuana in space

Astronaut smoking marijuana in space

And without this photo, Chris Hadfield is one of the most beloved astronauts. He runs a video blog straight from space, answering many popular questions from his viewers. The cosmonaut talks about his dream in a state of weightlessness, about brushing his teeth and everyday life. After all, everything is different in Earth’s orbit! And although the blog format is unique, you shouldn’t idealize Chris too much and consider him “your” boyfriend. He will not try drugs while in space. And in the original photo, Chris shows the Easter eggs he is preparing to surprise his colleagues with.

♥ BY TOPIC: Holland and the Netherlands: what’s the difference and what is the correct name?

Cat with an expressive mustache and eyebrows

Cat with an expressive mustache and eyebrows

Pictures of animals are always interesting. Pictures of strange or cute animals are especially popular. And the combined combination of these properties can make the hero a real star of the Internet. There is nothing surprising in the popularity of cat photography with adorable white mustaches and eyebrows. In fact, the eyebrows are the result of editing, but the cat really has an incredible mustache.

♥ BY TOPIC: You probably don’t know the first names of the companies Sony, Google, Ebay, Nintendo, Megafon, Firefox, etc.

The guy who made the fried rice wave

The guy who made the fried rice wave

Often times, street chefs deliberately demonstrate their dexterity, thereby attracting customers. This guy seems to show his skill with a dexterous movement of his hand to raise a whole wave of rice cooking in a pan. Photography quickly became popular on the Internet. But it turned out to be a fake. The Rice Wave itself is a sculpture on display at a counterfeit grocery store in Tokyo.

♥ BY TOPIC: The deepest holes in the world.

Syrian child sleeping near the graves of his parents

Syrian child sleeping near the graves of his parents

It is difficult to trust the news from a country in which there is a war. There are too many people willing to speculate on the topic of pain and suffering. The parties take staged photos and videos, forming public opinion. So the famous photograph of a child sleeping near the grave of his deceased parents turned out to be a staged one. The boy clearly knew the photographer, and the graves generally belonged to strangers. The picture is intended to evoke certain emotions, but we understand that you cannot believe everything shown on the Internet.

♥ BY TOPIC: Simon is the world’s first smartphone, which appeared 15 years before the iPhone (video).

Wall-mounted name of the College of Architecture and Planning

Wall-mounted name of the College of Architecture and Planning

People often laugh at professionals who make simple mistakes in their own business. This photo has become a classic expression of this kind of humor. It was shared on the Internet, laughing at the hapless teachers of the architects. The installation was so successful that it was not so easy to recognize the fake.

♥ BY TOPIC: Is it true that a person uses only 10% of their brain?

Sitting “on the courts” girl

Sitting

This viral photo has surfaced recently. On it we see a strange woman sitting in a frog pose, sitting on a shelf in front of the counter. It is difficult to say what caused more surprise – the visitor’s relaxedness or her flexibility. But in the original photo, the woman only put one leg on the shelf, which also seems a little odd.

♥ BY TOPIC: Why Steve Jobs drove an unlicensed car and parked in a handicapped area

Ice covered Venice

Ice covered Venice

Snapshots of famous places from new perspectives are always popular. Everyone wanted to see Venice covered with ice. But when were the frosts so severe? Wait, wait, this is part of the photograph of Lake Baikal! Editing made Venice even more attractive.

♥ BY TOPIC: Why the dollar is called the buck is denoted by the $ symbol and other interesting facts about the American currency.

Magic castle

Magic castle

This castle seems to have descended from the pages of some fairy tale. Where is it located, and why tourists haven’t chosen it yet? In fact, you won’t be able to get to this place – the photo is a combination of images of a German castle and a deserted rock in Thailand.

♥ BY TOPIC: There are 16 circles in this picture, can you see them?

Dangerous Selfie of a Pilot

Dangerous Selfie of a Pilot

And while some people even die trying to take selfies, attempts to take impressive photos continue. And this pilot actually photographed himself after landing. But even in such conditions, the selfie looks great!

♥ BY TOPIC: Talking parrot: which birds speak, learn the easiest and how to teach to speak.

Perfect lenticular clouds

Perfect lenticular clouds

Lenticular or lenticular clouds are very unusual in themselves. There is no need to embellish them with Photoshop. But one unnamed author decided to improve the reality. Many believed in it, which allowed the fake to spread over the Internet.

♥ BY TOPIC: Who has the most Instagram followers – 35 most popular accounts.

Unique black lion

Unique black lion

When compiling a list of the most popular topics on the Internet, the top 10 would definitely include weird animals. It may seem that many netizens are only looking for unique species. Here are just some who try not to see strange animals with their own eyes, but to create them using a photo editor. Gullible users can admire, for example, the unique black lion.

♥ BY TOPIC: 70 interesting facts about IT technologies.

The results of a decade of deforestation

The results of a decade of deforestation

Not so long ago, the hashtag # 10yearchallenge became popular, with the help of which people showed changes in their appearance over the past 10 years. Some activists decided to draw attention to the issues of ecology and human influence on our planet with the help of interest in this phenomenon. Deforestation is one of the most pressing problems now. The famous photograph tried to tell about her. Unfortunately, Internet users were presented with a fake. Photos of the rainforest before and after deforestation are part of the same image. But it is not so difficult to find real evidence of human crime against nature.

♥ BY TOPIC: BelAZ-75710: 1,300 liters of fuel per 100 km and other 7 facts about the best dump truck in the world from Belarus.

The moon perfectly inscribed in a skyscraper

The moon perfectly inscribed in a skyscraper

In viral photographs, the Moon is often fixed in certain favorable positions relative to large earthly objects. It seems like you just need to combine them and get a cool shot that can become popular. The more unrealistic the combination, the better. So it happened with a photograph taken by a certain Mo Aone. But he just “moved” the celestial object for the sake of likes and popularity.

♥ BY TOPIC: Where did the expression (gesture) OK come from and what does it really mean?

Bear Chasing Cyclist

Bear Chasing Cyclist

A photograph of a bear running down a deserted street is not as interesting as a photograph of a wild animal chasing a cyclist. Fortunately, no one was hurt or risked their lives when creating the famous picture. There is not much information about the original photo. It is believed to have been taken in Yellowstone National Park.

♥ BY TOPIC: How special effects are made for cinema: a detailed guide to the amazing process.

Joint photo of Marilyn Monroe and Elizabeth Taylor

Joint photo of Marilyn Monroe and Elizabeth Taylor

It would be great if two beauty icons really ended up in the same photo. Sadly, Elizabeth Taylor was captured using Photoshop. In the case of Marilyn Monroe, this is not the first time that the star has been combined with other stars: Elvis Presley, James Dean and even John F. Kennedy.

♥ BY TOPIC: Donald Trump in Movies: Home Alone 2 and other films, TV series and clips starring the US President.

Pygmy giraffe

Pygmy giraffe

A photo of a small giraffe with short legs and a short neck quickly spread across the web. Giraffes, like other animals, have dwarfism. However, the photograph is fake.

♥ BY TOPIC: 7 famous symbols you might not know about

Found giant skeleton

Found giant skeleton

Questions of human origins continue to excite. Are we descended from monkeys, aliens or are we God’s creation? News of the discovery of new unusual artifacts by archaeologists always piques interest. Did the huge skeletons found really belong to ancient giants? If this were so, then a new chapter would be written in science, and many theories would have to be revised. Fortunately, there are no giants’ remains in any science or history museum for a simple reason – skeleton photographs are fake.

♥ BY TOPIC: 12 of the most unusual drawings seen from space

Bear chasing National Geographic photographers

Bear chasing National Geographic photographers

And again we are talking about a spectacular photo of a bear chasing people. National Geographic operators flee from the animal in panic. Nobody would like to be in their place. However, was it in reality? You shouldn’t believe everything published on the Internet. Nothing threatened the photographers, and on the Internet it is not difficult to find a separate photograph of a bear. Meticulous users have found out all the details of the appearance of the fake. The red-haired guy turned out to be Tim Sparks, who with friends was looking for a place in Colorado to shoot a film. Once in the wilderness, the guys decided to take a funny photo and simulate escape from the bear. The joke has spread worldwide.

♥ BY TOPIC: The hidden meaning of the logos of famous companies…

Star Island

Star Island

Photos like this can make you want to travel. Who wouldn’t want to be in an exotic warm country next to an amazingly shaped island while sipping a cocktail? Unfortunately, there is no such island. But the crescent-shaped island is called Molokini and is located in the Hawaiian archipelago.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 of the most interesting abandoned sites around the world.

The first deb in history

The first deb in history

The fashionable dance movement today became famous thanks to the football player Paul Pogba. I would like to believe that the deb appeared for the first time in the XX century, which is proved by the black and white photo. This makes the iconic movement timeless. But we are talking about a frame from the film “Dunkirk”, filmed in 2017.

♥ BY TOPIC: The real names of the stars – what is the real name of Chuck Norris, Bill Clinton, Elton John and 50 other celebrities.

Aggressive Paris Hilton T-shirt

Aggressive Paris Hilton T-shirt

The world-famous celebrity Paris Hilton is set up by her constant spending on things that ordinary people simply cannot afford. The star is not afraid to publicly show off her inherited wealth. But she’s not cynical enough to wear a Stop Poor T-shirt. In the original, the star calls for an end to despair. This is a completely different matter and does not look defiant.

♥ BY TOPIC: Yanni or Lorl? It’s incredible, but people hear this word differently. What do you hear?

Viral photo of a defecating cheerleader

Viral photo of a defecating cheerleader

It’s no secret that during performances, cheerleaders perform dizzying stunts, experiencing serious stress. The viral photo, it would seem, caught the shameful moment. He clearly would have ruined the fate of the unfortunate girl. It looks ridiculous, but also offensive for the cheerleaders. Fortunately, this did not happen, and the nameless cheerleader did not gain shame.

♥ BY TOPIC: TOP 10 examples of ridiculous company logos…

Mountain turtle

Mountain turtle

There are so many different natural forms in the world that you can easily find features of faces and bodies in them. The mountain in the shape of a turtle’s head is surprising, but its existence is believed. Of course, many would like to see this hill up close. But the journey to her can be disappointing, as Pilot Mountain in North Carolina has little to do with the turtle.

♥ BY TOPIC: 29 logos with masterpiece hidden subtext.

Cow lying on a BMW

Cow lying on a BMW

The Internet gives us a lot of fake photos that are meaningless in their essence. But people even believe in this. One of the fakes was a photograph of a cow on the hood of a BMW. Fortunately, the car was not damaged at all. The cow in the original photograph was lying on the grass, as it should be.

♥ BY TOPIC: 15 Custom Samsung Products You May Not Know About

The Romney family spelled their last name incorrectly

The Romney family spelled their last name incorrectly

Politics has long been a messy business. And if some attract even children to their side, demonstrating the strength of their family, others do not hesitate to discredit even this. During the elections, the number of fake news increases many times, especially in the United States, where the Internet is widespread and the political struggle is fierce. When Mitt Romney ran for president in 2012, many tried to destroy his godly image. One of the fakes was a photograph in which the children were rearranged, forming the word Money instead of Romney. So the enemies of the politician hinted at his true interests.

♥ BY TOPIC: Find the chameleon cat in this photo in 10 seconds.

India Photos

India Photos

It is believed that this magical photo was taken during a national Hindu festival – the whole country is on fire. In fact, satellite images of India were compiled into a single one and painted over in different colors.

♥ BY TOPIC: “The God of Photoshop”, or a great photo editing idea for social media.

Einstein rides a bicycle against the background of an exploding atomic bomb

Einstein rides a bicycle against the background of an exploding atomic bomb

This explosion was photographed seven years after the death of the scientist. Strong-minded people may not turn to the explosions behind them, but this is clearly not the case.

♥ BY TOPIC: Max Asabin is a true “god of photoshop”.

Shuttle Photos

Shuttle Photos

Photos of space and man in it are truly mesmerizing. The snapshot of the shuttle ascending into the sky through the clouds deceived many. The photo became popular and was actively shared on the Internet. It is not clear what made the authors of the fake use Photoshop at all – the original is cool in itself.

♥ BY TOPIC: Photoshop online with effects in Russian: 3 best free alternatives to Adobe Photoshop for editing photos on the Internet.

Photo of a tourist a few seconds before the September 11 tragedy

Photo of a tourist a few seconds before the September 11 tragedy

Until now, many do not believe in the canonical version of the September 11 terrorist attack in New York. Various conspiracy theories appear and are discussed on the Internet. But real answers, it seems, are no longer to be found. Against this background, a photograph taken a moment before the disaster was doomed to popularity – they began to actively share it. Fortunately, the man in the photograph was not an eyewitness to the terrible tragedy. He managed to escape safely from the World Trade Center building.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: fake, famous, photos

How to disable automatic saving of photos and videos in WhatsApp for iPhone

08/03/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

The popular WhatsApp messenger automatically saves incoming photos and videos to the stock iOS media library by default. Not all users like this feature (especially for owners of iPhones with basic storage).

♥ BY TOPIC: 10 Useful WhatsApp Options Everyone Should Know + Video…

How to turn off automatic download of photos and videos in WhatsApp for iPhone

1. Open WhatsApp on iPhone and go to the tab “Settings”…

2. Go to the menu “Chats”…

3. Set the switch next to the item “Into the Film” to an inactive position.

How to disable autosave for Photos and Videos in WhatsApp

Now incoming images and videos will not be saved to Film… You can manually perform this action for the media you like.

In addition, you may find the section useful. “Data and storage”in which there is a category “Media autoloading”… This sets the limits for processing different files depending on the type of internet connection.

And the function “Saving data” will allow you to spend less traffic when making voice calls.

How to disable autosave for Photos and Videos in WhatsApp

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: automatic, disable, iPhone, photos, Saving, videos, WhatsApp

Where are photos from Photo Booth on Mac (macOS) stored?

01/03/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Photo Booth (well, or just a “photo booth”) is an excellent standard macOS application that allows you to take a snapshot or record a video from a FaceTime camera located in a MacBook or iMac. In this article, we will figure out where the captured files go, because finding them through the Finder is not so easy.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS): 3 Ways.

Immediately after taking a photo, a series of pictures (the program creates a collage of four images) or a video recording, all content is displayed on a special horizontal panel located above the virtual camera shutter.

Photo Booth on Mac

From there, you can right-click on any file or selected data and export it to the desired location. Well, what if you want to work with the sources of the resulting files? This task is quite solvable.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to open videos on Mac (macOS) in a third-party player (like VLC) by default.

Where are Photo Booth images stored on Mac?

one… Open a Finder explorer and create a new tab if necessary.

2… In the left side menu, select the folder “Images“, Well, or in any convenient way, go to it.

Where are photos from Photo Booth on Mac (macOS) stored?

3… Right-click on the file “Photo Booth“And select the context menu item”Show package contents“.

Where are photos from Photo Booth on Mac (macOS) stored?

four… Open the folder “Pictures“, In which all the footage will be located.

Where are photos from Photo Booth on Mac (macOS) stored?

Where are photos from Photo Booth on Mac (macOS) stored?

All the way to the processed Photo Booth photos:

/ Users / Username / Pictures / Photo Booth / Pictures

Images are saved in JPEG format and movies are in MOV format.

Where are originals of photos without Photo Booth effects stored on Mac

On a note, it is worth accepting the fact that all unprocessed files are located in the folder “Originals“Available on the following path:

/ Users / Username / Pictures / Photo Booth / Originals

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Booth, Mac, macOS, photo, photos, stored

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS): 3 ways

25/02/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Many users of the Photos app for Mac, replacing the legacy iPhoto and Aperture, have noticed the lack of the familiar “Show in Finder“, With which you could quickly view the source file in the standard macOS explorer. In this article we will show you how to do this.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to change the icon of an application, folder or file on Mac (macOS).

Export file

The Photos app for Mac has a handy export feature. Highlight the photos you want and click File → Export and select one of the options:

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

– export … photo (the ability to export with an indication of the format, quality and size);

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

– export original unchanged;

– export slideshow;

– export GIF…

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically switch the language (layout) on the keyboard in macOS or Windows.

Drag & Drop

The gesture familiar to many also works here. Just select a photo or group of photos and drag them to your desktop or anywhere in the Finder. The original image is moved.

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

♥ BY TOPIC: How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac.

Where is the root folder of the Photos application, which stores the originals of images

Another fairly effective way to access all originals is to access the root folder with the Photos library through the Finder. At first, the method seems a little complicated, but once you get into the required directory, you will see a convenient chronology of photos, sorted into folders.

1. Open the app A photo and go to the program settings (File -> Settings).

2. Go to the section The main and press the button Show in Finder…

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

3. Open the file of any library of interest with the extension .photoslibraryby right-clicking on it and selecting the menu item Show Package Contents…

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

5. Find the folder Originals… This folder will contain the originals of all images in the Photo Library.

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

How to open an original image from Photos in the Finder on Mac (macOS)

Any changes to the file directory .photoslibrary it is highly discouraged to do so due to the possibility of disrupting the operation of the Photo program.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Finder, image, Mac, macOS, open, original, photos, ways

Get a link to photos stored on iPhone: how to

19/02/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Little-known iOS feature: if you want to share a lot of photos and videos with certain users, and not clutter up messenger chats (the sizes of which are rapidly growing due to such actions), just create a special link to view and download content a la Dropbox, Google Photos or Yandex.Disk.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

Imagine: you’ve taken some cool photos or videos and you want your friends to see them right now. How to do it? Of course, you can send them to a social network or send them as a private message via a messenger. But they still need to be uploaded “in contact” or on Facebook. Yes, and sending full-size images or videos to “PM” requires both you and the recipient of a good Internet right here and now. No, really – do you like to receive in Telegram, Viber or WhatsApp archives with “pictures” weighing tens and hundreds of megabytes?

Apple suggests a different path. The content you want to show to people is accessed via a dedicated iCloud link. One click – and your friends are taken to a special page, where you can view and even download your favorite photos for a month. It’s very convenient – especially if your friend doesn’t have an iPhone, but Android. And yes – it won’t affect your iCloud limit.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to pass a Wi-Fi password to guests without telling it (QR code).

To create iCloud sharing links:

Open the app Settings, click on your first and last name, select iCloud → Photos and activate the switch opposite the inscription ICloud Photo… Keep in mind that if the photos on your device take more than 5 GB and you do not use a paid plan to increase your iCloud space (i.e. you only have 5 GB of free space), then it is better to refuse this method of sharing photos (videos). For the function to work properly, it is necessary that there is always more space in iCloud than the photos and videos on the device take.

ICloud Settings

ICloud Music Library

After enabling the option Photos to iCloud all your iPhone or iPad Photos or Videos will be uploaded to iCloud. You can check it at icloud.com (open from a computer) in the Photos web application.

Photos to iCloud

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download a video from VK (VKontakte) to an iPhone or iPad and watch without the Internet.

How to get a link to a photo or video on iPhone (iCloud)

1. Open the app A photo on your iPhone or iPad running iOS 12 or later.

2. Click Select in the upper right corner.

3. Select one or more photos / videos to send.

4. Press the button Share this…

How to get (and send) a link to photos stored on iPhone or iPad

5. In the bottom row of icons, select Copy link…

How to get (and send) a link to photos stored on iPhone or iPad

Then a message with information appeared on the screen. that the selected photos and videos are being prepared for sending. This may take some time depending on the number of them.

How to get (and send) a link to photos stored on iPhone or iPad

6. The link will be copied to the clipboard. Just paste it into the text field of the messenger or e-mail and send.

You can also get the download link in two other ways:

Method 1

Click on the required card Preview in section Recent general, then tap on the ellipsis menu.

How to get a link to a photo or video on iPhone (iCloud)

In the menu that appears, select Copy iCloud Link…

How to get a link to a photo or video on iPhone (iCloud)

Method 2

Press and hold your finger on the thumbnail card. In the context menu that appears, select Copy iCloud Link…

How to get a link to a photo or video on iPhone (iCloud)

You can open sharing links on iCloud.com from a browser on any mobile device, laptop or desktop computer.

If you receive such a link to photos by mail and open them on a mobile device, the following options are possible:

  • On iOS devices, a preview of the photos sent to you opens in the Photos application.
  • On devices with other operating systems (Android, etc.), you are taken to the download page hosted on iCloud.com.
  • On desktops and laptops, clicking the link launches a browser and navigates to the stylish iCloud.com download page.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

How to add (save) photos and videos from shared links to your library

As mentioned above, content via iCloud links will be available for a month. If you want to see photos and videos shared with you at a later date, it’s best to upload them to your device’s media library.

To do this, follow the link with photos sent to you and press the button Download…

In the window that appears, select Download (for downloading to the device) or Login and import (to add to iCloud Music Library).

How to add (save) photos and videos from shared links to your library

After that, all selected media files will be downloaded to your device in their original resolution.

On a computer, do the same – follow the sharing link, select the pictures you want and click on the blue button Download… All selected photos and videos will be uploaded as one ZIP file or added to ICloud Music Library, respectively.

How to add (save) photos and videos from shared links to your library

How to add (save) photos and videos from shared links to your library

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone features that can be disabled for most users

How to remove a photo or video from a shared link

1. Open the Photos app on your iPhone or iPad.

2. Go to the tab For you…

3. Select Preview…

4. Click the ellipsis menu.

How to remove a photo or video from a shared link

5. In the menu that appears, select Close access…

How to remove a photo or video from a shared link

You can do it even easier, the same menu can be called by pressing and holding on the card Preview…

How to remove a photo or video from a shared link

As a result, all previews with your photos and videos will disappear from users’ devices and from the corresponding page on iCloud.com. But the photos and videos that other users have downloaded to their devices will remain with them.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, link, photos, stored

Extreme places of the world, popular on Instagram: 20 photos and videos

14/02/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

By posting photos to Instagram, everyone wants to get as many “likes” as possible. In pursuit of recognition, some Instagrammers are even ready to put their lives in danger, as evidenced by photographs taken in the most unexpected places and under the most unexpected circumstances. We bring to your attention 20 extreme pictures from Instagram, when looking at which will take your breath away and freeze your heart.

Vicky Odintsova posted a dizzying video on Instagram. A fearless girl balances above the ground on a narrow crossbar on a skyscraper in Dubai …

… But nothing beats the result of this wild shooting …

The video from the famous daredevil olegcricket is impossible to watch without closing your eyes.

♥ BY TOPIC: Photos of the most beautiful places on Earth on Instagram: 10 best accounts.

Harry Gallagher caught everyone’s attention as he climbed to the top of the second tallest skyscraper in London, One Canada Square (50 floors, 244 m).

James Kingston shot this breathtaking video atop the second tallest building in Ukraine.

Instagrammer Jack Morris took this shivering photo atop a skyscraper in Bangkok, Thailand.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to upload photos and videos to Instagram from Mac or Windows computer.

The 119-meter Moscow Bridge in Kiev is another favorite place for adrenaline addicts …

Just Look Down?

Publication from Elijah Flores (@ elijah.bf) Mar 5 2017 at 9:56 am PST

… And, climbing on it, Instagrammers are putting their lives in great danger.

Pedra da Gavea in Rio de Janeiro is one of the tallest cliffs in the world. Its height is 842 m above sea level.

Trapped between two rocks, the Kjeragbolten stone in Norway attracts desperate Instagrammers like nothing else.

Despite the barrage and warning signs, the wedding cake rock in Australia is a huge hit with photography enthusiasts. Geologists claim that it could collapse at any moment.

A favorite place among photographers is also the Trolltunga (Trolltunga) rock in Norway. In 2015, a young girl died here, falling down from a great height. According to the local guide, it was only “a matter of time”.

ON THIS TOPIC: How to set up (enable / disable) any Instagram notifications.

Yosemite National Park also offers a number of extreme photography spots such as Taft Point Rock.

One of the most dangerous places on earth is Mount Huashan in China. Rumor has it that up to a hundred people die here every year, but this does not stop true Instagrammers.

Brothers Valentin and Roman took this stunning picture in Norway at 604 m high Preikestolen.

Murad and Natalie Osmann love to be photographed in unexpected places around the world. This photo was taken atop a skyscraper in Las Vegas …

… And this one is on a skyscraper in Dubai.

See also:



[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Extreme, Instagram, photos, places, popular, videos, world

How to crop photos on iPhone without installing third-party programs

11/02/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

And although many people do not have any problems with editing photos, there are those users for whom this task is difficult. As a result, they take a picture or screenshot and leave them as they were. And if you’ve never cropped a photo on your iPhone, we can help you with that.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

Perhaps you want to cut out something behind your subject, or you just want to keep the most important part of the image. And cropping a photo on iPhone is very easy, you have the option to give it the right look or choose the size that suits your needs. In this article, we’ll show you how you can crop photos right on your smartphone.

♥ BY TOPIC: What QR codes the iPhone camera can read: 10 use cases.

How to crop photos on iPhone or iPad?

Open the app “A photo” and select the image you want to crop. Then follow these steps:

1. With a photo open, tap “Edit” in the upper right corner.

2. Click on the icon below Crop and Rotate (on iPad, it will be on the left).

How to crop a photo on an iPhone

3. A free-form frame will appear in front of you. You can drag it as a whole to the desired place, or move a corner or edge to crop the photo as it is more convenient for you.

How to crop a photo on an iPhone

Alternatively, you can use the preset aspect ratio of the new frame instead of Freeform. Tap the ratio icon in the upper right corner.

At the bottom you will see presets such as Square, 9:16, 8:10 etc. You can click to select one of them and you will see a preview of the cropped image. Alternatively, you can choose the orientation icon by making it portrait or landscape. This will also change the appearance of the resulting photo based on the selected preset aspect ratio.

How to crop a photo on an iPhone

4. After you’ve finished cropping your photo, just tap Done. If you don’t like the result, click “Cancel”…

Your photo will be automatically saved after cropping.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to take a photo with a trail effect (long exposure) on iPhone: 2 ways.

How to undo cropping

If you suddenly do not like the result, and you want to return to the original picture, then this will not be difficult to do.

1. Select a photo and press “Edit”…

2. Click “Return” in the lower right corner.

How to crop a photo on an iPhone

3. Confirm that you want to return to the original state.

How to crop a photo on an iPhone

However, it should be borne in mind that resetting the photo to its original state will undo all the changes you made to this photo.

♥ BY TOPIC: Reverse shooting on iPhone, or how to shoot video “back to front”.

Conclusion

If you have a photo or screenshot where you only want a specific part of the image, not the whole picture, cropping the image will give you exactly what you need. Moreover, this can be done immediately on the iPhone or iPad, without resorting to using a computer and additional programs. The built-in iOS tool can create freeform shapes and use preset proportions.

How do you edit photos on your iPhone? Are you using the built in “A photo” tool or are you using other methods?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: crop, installing, iPhone, photos, programs, thirdparty

How to make Live Photos from videos on iPhone and iPad?

02/02/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

From time to time, I back up my photos and videos from iPhone to Mac to create archives. Once, I decided to try to reproduce the long exposure effect on old Live Photos of Georgian waterfalls, the originals of which had long been removed from the iPhone.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Smartphone Owner Should Know

Unfortunately, at that moment I did not know how to properly transfer Live Photos to Mac and therefore instead of “live photos” on my computer I found only ordinary videos in mov format.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

After transferring these videos back to the iPhone, the Photos application, naturally, did not recognize the former Live Photos in them – they were already just videos to which it was impossible to apply standard “live photo” effects.

In search of a solution, I came across a simple free IntoLive app that amazingly repaired all my broken Live Photos.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to take a photo with a trail effect (long exposure) on iPhone: 2 ways.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

1. Download the free IntoLive app from the App Store (link).

2. Launch the app and select the video you want to make Live Photos from.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

Note: As you know, the timing of “live photos” from Apple cannot exceed 3 seconds, but you can choose a video of any length. In the program itself, the video can be trimmed. If you use a long video, then the application will create Live Photos from its first three seconds.

3. In the next step, you can slightly edit the result. Use cropping, color correction, rotation, etc. Click the button Make in the upper right corner.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

4. In the context menu that appears, click No repetitions…

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

Wait a few seconds for the video to process, and then at the bottom of the app, click on Save Live Photos…

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

That’s all, this is how you created from your video “Live Photos”…

Received Live Photos will be saved to Album Photo Live Photos in the Photos app on iPhone.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

Live photo effects are also in place:

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

By the way, here is a Live Photo with a long exposure effect (on the right in the screenshot below) of one of those very Georgian waterfalls. This is Martvili canyon.

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using Live Photos

If you know an easier way to create Life Photos from video, please share in the comments.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPad, iPhone, live, photos, videos

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime call

01/02/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Surely every owner of an Apple device at least once in his life faced a situation when, during a FaceTime conversation, the interlocutor showed something that needed to be captured (for example, my mother wanted to share with you a pie recipe written on a piece of paper).

Until recently, this was a function that allows you to take screenshots, but now everything has become much easier. From now on, you can take pictures directly using FaceTime, and, more interestingly, not ordinary static pictures, but “live” photos (Live Photos).

♥ BY TOPIC: How to answer an iPhone call (Viber, WhatsApp, Skype) without touching your smartphone.

How to take a live photo during a FaceTime call

During a FaceTime call, a shutter button appeared on the screen of a device running iOS 11 (or later) or macOS High Sierra (or later). Click on it, and the new Live Photos photo is instantly saved in the Photos app.

Live photos are a short video along with a still image.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

Turn Live Photos on and off during a FaceTime call

There are two things to remember about Live Photos in FaceTime:

1. It will not work to take a picture unnoticed by the interlocutor, since he will immediately receive a corresponding notification.

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime conversation

2. To take a “live” photo in FaceTime function “Live Photo During FaceTime” must be enabled on both devices.

If you do not want your interlocutor to be able to take “live” photos during a call, you can disable this function in the application “Settings” → “FaceTime” on your device.

Do not underestimate the benefits of the aforementioned features, especially when it comes to snapshot notifications. Of course, the interlocutor can quietly take a normal screenshot, there’s nothing you can do about it, but you won’t be able to take a “live” photo.

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime conversation

In order to disable the ability for the interlocutor to take “live” pictures, in the application “Settings” select FaceTime and just slide the switch next to the option Live Photo during FaceTime…

How to take Live Photos during a FaceTime conversation

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: call, FaceTime, live, photos

How to take photos with the Rule of Thirds on iPhone

31/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Professionals and amateur photographers are familiar with the so-called “rule of thirds”. This rule of thumb for frame composition is a simplified version of the golden ratio and allows you to create emotionally intense photographs. As a rule, the objects you want to draw the viewer’s attention to should be located along the horizontal and vertical lines dividing the frame in thirds, or at their intersection.

♥ BY TOPIC: Mistakes of novice photographers, or how to take pictures correctly.

To make things easier for the photographer, the iPhone has a special grid that divides the frame into thirds with horizontal and vertical lines. Just go to “Settings” and in section “Camera” move the slider opposite the option “Grid”…

How to enable level display on iPhone when taking a photo from top to bottom

Now, when you take pictures with your iPhone, a grid will appear on the screen, dividing the screen into nine rectangles. It will look something like this:

The

The grid is useful for shooting a wide variety of objects. Below we will show you how to use it for landscape photography.

When shooting landscapes, it is important to correctly position the horizon line. According to the “rule of thirds”, the horizon should be located along the bottom or top line, but not in the middle. Think carefully about what should take up more space in your picture, the earth or the sky. If you want to focus on the ground (trees, buildings, etc.), place the horizon along the top line, the fir trees in the sky along the bottom.

In this photo, the main object is the Mercedes-Benz Stadium building. As you can see, most of the roof runs along the top horizontal line.

The

If you want to emphasize the sky instead of the building, place the horizon line at the bottom of the frame. Typically, this composition is used for shooting a sunset. Unlike the previous photo, in the picture below, the horizon is located along the lower horizontal line.

The

As you can judge for yourself, everything is very simple. The Rule of Thirds is easy to use, but keep in mind that photography is an art and should not be guided by dry rules alone. Different situations require different compositions.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, photos, Rule, Thirds

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook, so that photos and videos appear in these social networks automatically

22/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

These days, the popular classic social networks – Facebook, Vkontakte and Odnoklassniki go hand in hand with Instagram. Recently, these services have offered a convenient integration that you will surely like too. About what are the advantages of this solution, and how to quickly set up everything – in our material.

♥ BY TOPIC: Most Popular People on Instagram – 40 accounts with the most followers.

Why link Instagram to Vkontakte, Facebook, Twitter or Odnoklassniki?

If the same Twitter publishes Instagram posts only in the form of regular web links, then Facebook, Vkontakte and Odnoklassniki allow you to share an image from the “insta” even through a branded application (the result will appear in the news feed and in a separate album called Instagram). If you like to receive “likes” – who doesn’t? – for your pictures, you can do it in all major social networks, of course, provided that you are registered there.

How to link Instagram to Facebook, Vkontakte or Odnoklassniki

How to link Instagram to Facebook, Vkontakte or Odnoklassniki

In addition, Vkontakte, Facebook and Odnoklassniki are still visited by many more people than Instagram, so the coverage of your publication there is likely to be higher (if, of course, your posts in the feed are available to everyone).

It is also worth noting here that the most advanced integration is, of course, provided by Facebook (the company owns the Instagram service). News feed algorithms for Instagram prioritize posts with higher social engagement, additional likes can help you climb higher in the news feed.

Linking Instagram to Vkontakte, Facebook and Odnoklassniki accounts is a way to show photos to all, all your friends. After all, someone “lives” exclusively on Facebook or Odnoklassniki, while someone has been opening only Instagram on the iPhone for a long time. And so everyone will know about your activity!

Finally, seamless integration between social networks allows you to copy Instagram posts to Facebook, Vkontakte, and Odnoklassniki while preserving key details – location data, hashtags and emojis. The mentioned social networks will publish photos or videos from Instagram in their feed, as well as save all the content in a special album called Instagram, and as a result, you will not have a problem tagging your friends on them.

♥ BY TOPIC: Blue Check Mark on Instagram: How to Get Verified Instagram Account Status.

How to link Instagram to Facebook, Vkontakte or Odnoklassniki

To begin with, this can only be done through the Instagram mobile app for iOS or Android – nothing will come out of a desktop computer.

1. Open the Instagram app and click on the icon with three horizontal lines in the upper right corner.

2. On the profile page, click on the icon with three horizontal lines and in the menu that opens, select Settings,

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

3. Follow the path Account -> Publish to other apps…

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

4. Select the necessary social networks: Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki, Facebook, etc.

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

5. In order to link Instagram to the selected social networks, log in (enter your username and password to enter the social network).

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

That’s all! Now your Instagram accounts are linked to social networks Facebook, Vkontakte and Odnoklassniki, and you don’t have to publish the same photos twice.

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook♥ BY TOPIC: Instagram cache on iPhone: where to watch it and how to clear it.

How to publish photos and videos from Instagram on Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

When posting a new photo or video, select the social network in which you want to cross-post and click Share this…

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

♥ BY TOPIC: 23 extreme Instagram selfies (photos and videos) in places where it’s easy to lose your life.

How to untie Instagram from Vkontakte, Facebook and Odnoklassniki

Of course, you can opt out of syncing data in your accounts at any time. To do this, go back to the settings section Publishing to other applications, select the name of the social network and click on the button Unlink account…

How to link Instagram to Vkontakte, Odnoklassniki and Facebook

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: automatically, Facebook, Instagram, link, networks, Odnoklassniki, photos, social, videos, VKontakte

How to draw (mark up) photos in Photos on Mac (macOS)

12/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

The Photos app on Mac includes a set of drawing tools called “Markup», Which can be used to add drawings, scribbles, sketches, handwritten text, annotations and other elements to any picture.

♥ BY TOPIC: Birthdays on iPhone, iPad and Mac: How to add and turn on reminders.

Like many other features in Mac, the editing toolbox is subtle and easy to overlook. The instructions below will show you how to access the toolkit and use it for drawings in photos.

You can draw on any photo or image in the Photos app, whether it was copied to Photos from an iPhone or digital camera, or imported directly into the app. If you have a desire to try out the functionality, make a copy of the picture or image on which you are going to paint, or select the photo that you are not sorry to ruin.

♥ BY TOPIC: Features of the ⌥Option (Alt) key on Mac (macOS) that you might not know about.

How to use editing tools to add pictures to photos in the Photos app on Mac

1. Open the app “Photo” on Mac and select the image to which you want to add a picture or edit.

2. Click the “Edit»(Button with sliders) in the upper right corner of the toolbar.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

3. Now select the option “Extensions»At the top of the panel.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

4. From the drop-down menu, select “Markup”…

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

5. Use the tools to paint directly on the photo. The menu contains various brushes, pencils, tools for creating shapes, editing line widths, adding text and editing a font, as well as a color palette.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

6. After you finish drawing, press the “Save” in the upper right corner of the app.

How to draw on photos in the Photos app on Mac (macOS)

7. Click “Done”to save the drawing to a snapshot.

You can save the image to the app gallery, export it, share your creation with your friends, send in a message, etc.

With a suite of editing tools, you can also add annotations to attachments in emails in the app “Mail”… In a programme “Photo” the iPhone and iPad have a similar set of tools, although they are accessed in a slightly different way.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: draw, Mac, macOS, Mark, photos

AirDrop: How to Transfer Photos (Videos) from iPhone or iPad (to iPhone, iPad or Mac)

11/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Starting with iOS 7, Apple began integrating data transfer technology into its mobile devices AirDrop, with which you can exchange multimedia files between iOS devices. In this tutorial, we’ll show you how to transfer photos from iPhone to any other iOS device or Mac using AirDrop technology.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

one. Make sure that the device has enabled wireless interfaces such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth… You can do this through Control Center or the Settings app.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

2. Turn on AirDrop from the Control Center, for which press and hold the button-block with wireless interfaces, and then activate the switch of the same name.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

This can be done both for all users and only for your contacts.

If you are not included in the recipient’s contact list, ask them to specify an option in the AirDrop reception settings “For all”…

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

How to transfer photos or videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad or Mac using AirDrop

one. Open the standard application “Photo“, Press the button”Select»And select the photos or videos you want.

2. Open the menu “Share this“.

How to transfer photos or videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad or Mac using AirDrop

3… Click the AirDrop icon and select the icon with the name of the device to send content.

How to transfer photos or videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad or Mac using AirDrop

All that remains is to confirm the receipt of files on the paired device.

If you do not see an active device with AirDrop, make sure their device is unlocked, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are activated, and AirDrop reception is set to “For all”…

In the same way, you can transfer not only videos, but also notes, contacts, web pages, documents and other files.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: AirDrop, iPad, iPhone, Mac, photos, transfer, videos

[Оптическая иллюзия] Why do these two identical photos seem different?

08/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Two roads parted and drove the entire progressive Internet crazy (again). A Reddit user shared an unusual photo. On it is a narrow city street, as if taken from two different perspectives – almost straight ahead and on the right side. It’s obvious! It would seem, what’s the big deal? Nothing – if you do not take into account the fact that the picture is the same!

Yes, look at the “photo” on the right of the collage. To stop possible disputes, let’s just say no, the photographer was not standing on the right side of the street. If you superimpose the pictures one on top of the other, it immediately becomes clear – they are identical!

optical illusion

♥ BY TOPIC: The best optical illusions that have become Internet memes.

Great … but why don’t the two shots look the same ?!

It’s all about how our brains interpret lines in a 2D image.

When you take your actual photograph, it is a concept that photographers call converging lines. If you are standing in the middle of a straight, level road and photographing, the lines at the farthest edge of the road seem to merge with each other.

But our brain “knows” that these lines do not touch, just the distance creates the optical illusion that they are getting closer to each other. As a result, the brain “sees” not the converging lines, but “depth”. In the photo from the street, we know that a passenger car is actually no bigger than a truck. We understand that it is closer – since these lines allow the brain to see depth in the image.

Photographers are very fond of this effect – after all, it makes a “three-dimensional” image out of a “flat” image.

But, since the brain is still here, that these lines in the photo do not actually intersect – why do these identical photos not look like that? It’s all about how both images are positioned. Look at them so that they are one above the other, and not next to each other – and you will see two completely identical images.

optical illusion

Another Reddit user suggests covering the bottom of the double picture with something (a sheet of paper or just your palm) and make sure that both pictures are identical at the top. But it is enough to remove the “barrier” – and the illusion will repeat itself again. Hell, you can look at all this forever!

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: identical, photos, иллюзия, Оптическая

Editing Live Photos on iPhone: How to Apply Effects, Remove Audio and Crop

06/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Only with the arrival of iOS 11 did the Live Photos function migrate from the category of useless advertising marketing to the really necessary tool with which you can get high-quality bright and impressive pictures.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to move multiple app icons on iPhone or iPad at once (video).

What are Live Photos?

For those not in the know, Live Photos adds a few seconds of video (with sound) to the photo before and after the moment of shooting. Such files weigh more, and until the release of iOS 11, you could only view such animated images and no more.

To activate Live Photos, open the camera and click the appropriate icon (see screenshot below). Depending on the iOS version, the Live Photos icon may be placed in a different location.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

After pressing the shutter button, Live should appear at the top of the screen.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

How to choose a title shot for Live Photos

Live Photos lets you choose a title shot from your entire footage. This can mean that in most cases there is no need to take a series of photos, then choose the most successful one, and then delete unused photos.

Just take a live photo (make sure the photo is marked LIVE in the upper left corner) and press the button “Edit“. Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

At the bottom of the display, move the slider on the timeline to select the best frame (after releasing your finger, the message “Make a cover photo“, Click on it) and confirm your intention by pressing the button”Done“.

How to choose a title shot for Live Photos

♥ BY TOPIC: ProRAW in the iPhone 12 Pro camera: what it is, how to enable it, use it + sample photos.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

In order to start editing, open a live photo and swipe it up, after which the page will scroll to an additional menu.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

There are currently four effects available:

  • Live – standard live photography without effects (a kind of reset to the original settings after applying the following effects);
  • A loop – allows you to loop the animation. Unlike the standard solution, when you need to hold your finger with the 3D Touch gesture on the picture to view a video, with the effect A loop the image will be constantly in motion;
  • Pendulum – play the clip in reverse order. For example, people jumping out of a pool look much more spectacular than those who jump there;
  • Long exposure – simulates long shutter speed as on DSLR cameras. Moving objects will get a nice blur. Beautiful long exposure photographs are obtained when capturing rivers or car lights at night. In this case, you do not need to buy an SLR camera, set it on a tripod and take an exposure for several tens of minutes.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to enable the one-handed keyboard on iPhone for typing on the go.

How to crop Live Photos

Open the application “Photo“And select”Live photo“You want to crop. Click the button “Edit”… Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

On the timeline that appears at the bottom of the screen, slide the left and right arrows. This action will change the start and end points of your Live Photos. When finished, press the button “Done”…

How to crop Live Photos

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to mute Live Photos

Switch to edit mode for the photo marked LIVE by pressing the button “Edit” in the upper right corner. Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

Click on the icon with the image of the loudspeaker (speaker) to mute the sound in Live Photo and confirm the action by pressing the button Done…

How to mute Live Photos

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: apply, audio, crop, editing, effects, iPhone, live, photos, remove

Live Photos: how it works and which iPhones and iPads are supported

06/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Live Photos (Live Photos) is a software feature in iOS (Camera app) that allows you to get animated photos on your iPhone.

♥ BY TOPIC: Fast charging for iPhone: which models are supported and which charger should you buy.

What devices support Live Photo shooting

Live photos can be taken on iPhone 6s (2015), iPad 5 (2013), and newer Apple smartphones and tablets.

How Live Photo works

“Live photos” work very simply – after you start taking a photo, the iPhone or iPad camera records 1.5 seconds of video before the shot, and then 1.5 seconds after it was taken. As a result, a valuable “context” is added to the photo, information about what was happening around, and the output is a kind of mini-video. The animation is shown by clicking on the photo.

Apple has already said that Live Photo – not a video file, but a combination of a 12-megapixel photo in .JPG with a .MOV file. “Live photography” includes 45 frames, and is played back at a speed of 15 frames per second (it turns out just 3 seconds).

Live photos, pros and cons

The combination of the two formats – .JPG and .MOV – also results in internal storage Live Photo takes up 2 times more space than a regular picture.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

How to take Live Photos on iPhone?

one… Open the app Camera…

2… Enable the option Live Photos in the top menu.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

3… Press the shutter button (white centered) to take a picture Live Photos… During shooting, the message appears. LIVE indicating shooting in mode Live Photos…

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

♥ BY TOPIC: ProRAW in the iPhone 12 Pro camera: what it is, how to enable it, use it + sample photos.

How to Remove Audio, Crop and Apply Effects to Live Photos in iPhone

How to crop Live Photos

With the release of iOS 11, Apple developers added Live Photos editing tools to the Photos app. We have detailed how to crop and apply effects in Live Photos directly on iPhone in this article.

In addition, on macOS High Sierra and later, the Photos app also has Live Photos editing tools (detail).

Live Photo Effects and Editing

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

What happens if you send a Live Photo to an old iPhone or Mac

Due to the peculiarities Live Photos (combination .JPG + .MOV) You can fully enjoy the “come to life” photos only on devices with iOS 9 and higher, Apple Watch with watchOS 2 and higher and Mac running OS X El Capitan and higher. If you want to send Live Photos on an unsupported device, the .MOV component will be removed, and only the most common photo in the .JPG format will remain. In the OS X Yosemite Photos app, instead of one Live Photos two files are displayed at once – one with .JPG resolution, the other with .MOV resolution. In El Capitan, there is already one file, the associated animation is played by double-clicking on it. But if you reset Live Photos on iPhone 6, but with iOS 9 installed, there will be no problems – the animation will remain.

Live photos, pros and cons

As you can see in the screenshots, the .JPG component of a Live Photo taken with an iPhone 6s camera is 2.5 MB, the .MOV component is 1.7 MB. If you use the front camera for such shooting, then the .JPG will be smaller – 1 megabyte, but the size of the .MOV will remain the same. The resolution of the .MOV file in both cases was 960 × 720 pixels at 12 FPS.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPads, iPhones, live, photos, supported, works

How to remove red eyes from photos on iPhone or iPad without additional applications

05/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

The problem is as old as the photography industry itself, unpleasant, but solved long ago, and in more than one way. The function of eliminating “red eyes” in the eyes of people in front of the lens of a mobile communicator is available in almost every thematic application, both for iOS and Android. And the most convenient version of its implementation from Apple itself is present in the standard Photo application on the iPhone or iPad.

No add-ons, complex filters, sophisticated algorithms – everything is simple. This function is integrated into the application interface and is available by default from the central window.

♥ BY TOPIC: ProRAW in the iPhone 12 Pro camera: what it is, how to enable it, use it + sample photos.

How to remove red eyes from a photo using the Photos app on iPhone and iPad

It’s worth noting that the locations of the menus and icons may vary depending on the iOS version.

one… Run the application Photo, open the frame you are looking for.

2… Click the button “Edit”located on the top right panel.

3… Red-eye effect is one of the most common, so the button to eliminate it is located on the front panel. It is located at the top and looks like a crossed out eye.

Please note that this button may not be included in the photo parameters if it does not show a person with a red-eye effect.

How to remove red eyes from photos on iPhone or iPad without additional applications

4… Tap the red circles in the original image one at a time, watching them fade away to more natural colors. For a more accurate “hit in the eye”, the image can be slightly zoomed in.

How to remove red eyes from photos on iPhone or iPad without additional applications

5… At the end of the procedure, press “Done»In the bottom menu.

How to remove red eyes from photos on iPhone or iPad without additional applications

How to remove red eyes from photos on iPhone or iPad without additional applications

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: additional, applications, eyes, iPad, iPhone, photos, red, remove

Hidden folders and files in Windows 10: how to hide (show) photos, videos, documents, drives

01/01/2021 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Most operating systems do not consider it necessary to show all files to their users, for the sake of their safety at least. In Windows, you can also hide not only files, but also folders, and even entire disks. This trick is regularly used by advanced users. If initially the function was a systemic function to protect service files from accidental deletion, now this way confidentiality is ensured: often you need to hide certain information from other users.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to find a forgotten Wi-Fi password on a Windows computer: 4 ways.

Suppose that you want to hide some files or folders, or even drives, or see them in Windows 10. What if one of the default tools doesn’t work? Let’s take a look at all the ways in which you can hide or find a hidden file, folder and drive on your computer.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to upload photos and videos to Instagram from Mac or Windows computer.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

Using the “Explorer” menu

Open up “Conductor” Windows and select all files and folders you want to hide. Click the button Hide Selected Itemsto hide them.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

The hidden file icons will become dimmer.

The hidden file icons will become dimmer.

To return to the previous mode of displaying these elements, use the same button again.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to speed up your Windows 10, 8, 7 PC: 20 tips.

Using the Folder Options menu

This method worked in Windows 8.1 and earlier versions of the operating system. Open up “Conductor”, but this time right click on any folder where you want to hide files and folders.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

We need a parameter “Properties”…

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

In the tab “Are common” you will find the attribute “Hidden”… Activate it to hide the selected folder with files in it.

How to make a file or folder hidden in Windows

Repeat the same process and uncheck this box to show the hidden file folders you previously selected.

♥ BY TOPIC: Windows “con” folder: why can’t I create a directory with this name?

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

Using the “Explorer” menu

Open up “Conductor”… In the tab “View” you can find the checkbox “Hidden Elements”… Activate this box and you will be able to see all hidden files and folders inside the directory you are in.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

This menu was added in the Windows 10 version of the program. Previously, you had to go to the properties of folders in order to give permission to display the files and folders hidden in them. When you finish working with the desired catalog, simply uncheck the box and the hidden elements will disappear again.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

♥ BY TOPIC: Best Lightroom Equivalents: 10 Free Windows & Mac Apps.

Using the Control Panel

If for some reason the above method doesn’t work for you, there is another way. Press the keys Win + Sto open the search menu, search for “Control Panel” and open it.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

In the search box already “Control panels” find “Conductor”…

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

You will see the item “Explorer Options”…

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

In the tab “View” activate the required option “Show hidden files, folders and drives” or “Do not show hidden files, folders and drives”… Click on “Apply” and OK…

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

It is important to understand that this is a universal setting, meaning the ability to show or hide hidden files, folders and drives everywhere, not just in the folder that you are viewing. If you want to perform specific actions on a specific folder, then follow the first method.

♥ BY TOPIC: Windows computer freezes? Hotkeys to help solve the problem.

Using the registry

We do not recommend using this option until you try the others. It is worth resorting to working with the registry if other options do not work. In order to find and open the registry editor press the key combination Win + Rto open the window “Run”, then enter the command regedit and press “Enter” to launch the application.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

Now navigate to the specified registry key:

Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Explorer Advanced

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

Double click on the parameter Hidden in the right window pane and set the value oneto show hidden files, folders and drives, or 2to hide them.

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

♥ BY TOPIC: How to disable Windows 10 login password: working ways.

How to reliably hide a specific file or folder so that they cannot be seen using the usual (above) methods

Pay attention to this unusual trick. Hiding a file or folder using the command below from a terminal window will more reliably hide the object. This means that no user will be able to view the hidden file or folder even if the corresponding attribute is changed from the folder options. This provides you with an extra layer of security because anyone with access to your computer can view files and folders using their properties and attributes function.

Make a note of the path to the file you want to hide in the first place. You can copy it from the explorer search bar.

How to securely hide a specific file or folder

How to securely hide a specific file or folder

Now run the CMD application (command line) with administrator rights

How to find out the password for the Wi-Fi network to which the computer was previously connected

and enter a command like this:

attrib C:Users<имя пользователя>PicturesDownloadsfilename.png +s +h

In our case, we got the command:

attrib C:UsersYablykDocumentsSecret +s +h

Note: This method does not support Cyrillic characters, which means that the file or folder must have a name consisting of Latin letters or numbers without spaces.

How to securely hide a specific file or folder

Be sure to change the username to the name from your computer and the further part of the path up to filename.png to the path to the file you need with its correct extension.

Attribute + s will tell the operating system that this is a system file that needs to be protected, and + h will tell the file to be hidden forever.

You can use this same command to hide the folder. And to display the file or folder again, use the minus sign (-s -h).

attrib C:UsersYablykDocumentsSecret -s -h

We suggest that you first practice on a temporary file, because you clearly do not want to lose access to an important file / folder.

♥ BY TOPIC: 32- or 64-bit Windows: What’s the Difference and Which System Should I Install?

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

You can hide the entire drive using Registry Editor. This cannot be done in the control panel or in the folder options menu.

Open Registry Editor and navigate to the specified registry key:

How to hide (show) a hidden folder or file in Windows

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Policies Explorer

Click on the blank space on the right and select Create a → Parameter DWORD (32 bits)…

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

Give the parameter a name NoDrives, save it, and then double-click it to edit it.

In section Calculus system select an option Decimal… And as The values enter the number of the disc you want to hide. You may ask how to find the disk number, because it is usually represented in the form of an alphabet letter, C or D?

This can actually be done quite easily. Letter A is 1, B is 2, C is 4, D is 8, and so on. Each letter has twice the number of the previous letter. It is easy to guess that drive E will correspond to the number 16. This number must be entered as the value of the specified registry parameter.

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

But what if you want to hide several different drives? Just add their numbers and enter the resulting number. For example, if you want to hide disks A and D, then add 1 to 8. Parameter NoDrives should be equal to 9. Do not forget to save the registry value and restart your computer.

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

To map the drive (s) again, simply delete the NoDrives entry you created above.

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

How to hide an entire drive in Windows

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically switch the language (layout) on the keyboard in macOS or Windows.

Third party applications

There are a number of third-party applications on the market that can help you easily manage, hide or show files, folders and drives on your Windows 10 computer. These applications have a number of additional features that we will discuss.

The first program is Secret Disk, which creates a hidden and password-protected virtual disk on your computer to save confidential files and folders. The basic version of the application is free, and its functionality is sufficient for most users.

The second application is My Lockbox, which adds its own icon to the desktop. Using the icon, you can quickly hide or show files and folders anywhere. The program works with keyboard shortcuts. The free version can lock a single folder with an unlimited number of subdirectories and files inside.

There are other apps that can help you hide files, folders, and drives in Windows 10, but that should be enough to keep things organized. In this operating system, there are several ways to hide information, it all depends on which files or folders you are trying to hide and how. You can choose one of the methods we have proposed, just make sure that you clearly understand all the difficulties that you may face.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Documents, drives, Files, folders, Hidden, hide, photos, show, videos, windows

How to prevent photos and videos from being copied to the Photos library on Mac

24/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

By default, photos and videos imported into the application “Photo”Are saved in the Application Library on your Mac. This means that the import creates duplicates that are copied to Mediathek applications Photoand the originals remain in place. If desired, you can disable the creation of duplicates – photos and videos will not be copied to Mediathek, but will remain available in the application “Photo“.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac.

Files stored outside the library are called originalsand the application itself “Photo” already works with imported copy.

Recall that originals are not synchronized with iCloud Music Library (do not sync to other devices via Mediathek “Photo”) and not copied when backing up Media libraries applications “Photo”… All these actions are for original photos and videos must be done manually as opposed to imported files.

If necessary, originals can be edited, while the application “Photo” will still create in Mediathek a working duplicate, in which all edits will be stored, without affecting the originals themselves… Such a file is created only for editable photos or videos independently imported into Mediathek applications “Photo” or not.

If you need to return to the original view of the file, just cancel all changes using the button “Revert to original”…

How to prevent photos and videos from being copied to the Photos library on Mac

If you do not want to create duplicates copied to the application “Photo” files, disable their import in Mediathek… After that, the imported files will be stored outside Photo media libraries – i.e. where they were.

♥ BY TOPIC: Everything about tags in the Finder on Mac.

How to prevent copying photos and videos (creating a duplicate) to the Photo Library

one… Open the application “Photo“And follow the path”Settings“→”The main“;

2… Uncheck the box next to “Copy items to the Photos app library…

How to prevent photos and videos from being copied to the Photos library on Mac

Now, when importing photos and videos, the application “Photo”Will leave files in their original locations and treat them as originals.

♥ BY TOPIC: Mac for Dummies: 10 Useful macOS Tips for Newbies

How to open original in Finder (view file path)

In case you have prohibited copying objects in Photo media library, then you can find out the location of the file by selecting it and in the menu “Files“(Or right-click) by clicking the”Show original in Finder“. This option is missing for files imported into Mediathek applications “Photo”…

How to open original in Finder (view file path)

Note: Originals can be stored in various locations e.g. on external drives or in folders on Mac. Since photos and videos are stored outside of the program “Photo“, They do not move when transferred Media libraries to another folder or to another hard drive. If you disconnect the device where the files are located, or move or rename the files in Finder, in the “Photo” they will not be available…

In order to avoid such situations, files can be copied to the “Photo“.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to customize Control Center in macOS Big Sur.

How to add objects outside the Photos library to the Photos app

one… Select the files you want to move to the library “Photo“;

2… Select “File“→”Collect“.

How to add objects outside the Photos library to the Photos app

3… Click on “Copy”to confirm the action. The length of the copying process depends on the size of the files and their original location.

How to add objects outside the Photos library to the Photos app

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: copied, library, Mac, photos, prevent, videos

ProRAW in the iPhone 12 Pro camera: what it is, how to turn it on, use it + sample photos

21/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Until recently, iPhones were able to shoot by default in JPEG, which is said to be most compatible, and HEIF, which is highly efficient. But iOS 14.3 for iPhone 12 Pro and iPhone 12 Pro Max brings the long-awaited Apple ProRAW… Experts consider the introduction of this format a huge step forward in the creation of digital images. In this article, we will tell you in detail what the use of the new format really gives, how to shoot in it and what tools and applications are better to work with.

♥ BY TOPIC: Which Smartphone Has the Best Camera in 2020 – Top 15.

The content of the article

What is ProRAW in an iPhone camera and why is it important?

First of all, you should understand that we are not talking about the invention of a new technology. She herself was presented back in 2004 by Adobe. The new format has received the extension DNG (Digital Negative Specification), which stands for “digital negative”.

DNG – is an open format (extension .dng) for RAW image files used in digital photography.

RAW – a digital image file format containing raw data from the image sensor of a digital camera…

The fact is that previously there was no single format for this raw data, which is what Adobe did in its time. Until 2004, each manufacturer promoted their RAW processing software, but the new DNG format became open source. This caught Apple’s attention.

The essence of the format is to store, in addition to the frame itself, several more duplicates and a lot of data. This volume allows you to implement various options for subsequent photo editing. The open DNG format is opened by numerous editors for different operating systems.

In its turn Apple ProRAW combines information in standard RAW (DNG) format together with image processing tools of the iPhone. This gives the user more flexibility when editing exposure, color, and white balance in a photograph. iPhone (compatible models only) can capture ProRAW with any of its cameras, including when using Smart HDR, Deep Fusion, or Night Mode.

Professional photographers have traditionally preferred to shoot in RAW because it offers more processing options. And where there is more data (more colors, more range and everything else), there are more opportunities to form an image that best matches the photographer’s vision. Now, with the ProRAW format, users of compatible iPhone models have a luxury experience. And it implements its native iPhone camera app.

To be honest, many did not even hope to see the implementation of Apple’s RAW format on the iPhone, since its own software processing of photos traditionally plays an important role in this smartphone. It was hard to imagine that the computing power could be provided to the users themselves and they would have the control they wanted.

The good news is that the Apple team has surpassed user expectations and figured out how to both please them and keep the same principles. With ProRAW, the iPhone camera uses only the calculations absolutely necessary to produce accurate images, while giving photographers complete control over the parameters they want: white balance, noise reduction, sharpness, and more.

♥ BY TOPIC: Focus exposure in iPhone Camera: setting and locking.

What iPhones does ProRAW work on?

ProRAW shooting support is available only on iPhone 12 Pro and iPhone 12 Pro Max.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How many megabytes will a ProRAW photo weigh?

A snapshot in ProRAW will take about 25 MB.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to quickly compare “before and after” the processed photo and the original on the iPhone or iPad.

Shoot Stars in Night Mode with ProRAW on iPhone

Photographer Austin Mann tried to capture the starry sky using the iPhone 12 Pro Max. The professional says he loves to paint with light – take long exposure shots and use a flashlight to shape the scene. Now that ProRAW has also appeared in the smartphone in addition to the night mode, the iPhone is becoming an excellent tool for experimenting with drawing with light.

Below are two images of the starry sky created by Mann. Used a 30-second exposure in night mode, shooting was carried out on the iPhone 12 Pro Max in ProRAW format. A flashlight illuminated a stone during a long exposure. Mann compares two images rendered in Lightroom on iOS (one compressed HEIC, the other ProRAW). Attention is drawn to the sharp difference in detail between the rock and sky. In the ProRAW image, you can see many more stars that are not erased by the noise reduction algorithms.

Shoot Stars in Night Mode with ProRAW on iPhone

HEIC photo rendered in Lightroom on iOS

Shoot Stars in Night Mode with ProRAW on iPhone

ProRAW photo processed in Lightroom on iOS

Another example is shown below. Again, both files were edited by Adobe Lightroom on an iPhone, but the HEIC photo shows a lot of noise reduction applied to the sky. This makes it difficult to recover the details that the photographer saw in reality. And in the photo taken in ProRAW, the image was processed and the clarity of the Milky Way was preserved without obvious noise or artifacts.

Shoot Stars in Night Mode with ProRAW on iPhone

HEIC photo rendered in Lightroom on iOS

Shoot Stars in Night Mode with ProRAW on iPhone

ProRAW photo processed in Lightroom on iOS

As a reminder, both of these images were captured on the same device (iPhone 12 Pro Max) with identical settings. The only change is that the second photo was captured in the new ProRAW format.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

Using ProRAW for Difficult Lighting

Apple boasts 14 stops of dynamic range when using ProRAW format, which is quite capable of competing with today’s professional cameras. This range is very useful for scenes with bright sunlight and shadows. This helps preserve detail instead of washed out highlights and washed out shadows.

Below are three pictures for comparison.

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

Photo captured in HEIC format (unprocessed)

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

Photo captured in ProRAW format (unprocessed)

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

Photo captured in ProRAW format (with processing)

♥ BY TOPIC: Tap on iPhone Cover – Take a screenshot: How to bind actions to tap on the back of an iPhone.

Thousands of new shades in the photo

What do the declared 12 bits of the format give in practice? For example, HEIC is limited to 8-bit color, which gives us 256 different shades of red, green, and blue. The 12-bit format expands this range to 4096 shades of red, green, and blue. In practice, this means that ProRAW can display much finer shades of each color than more compressed formats such as JPEG or HEIC.

Take a look at the example below and pay special attention to the shades of pink in deli meats and shades of yellow in this delicious piece of Dutch cheese.

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

Photo captured in HEIC format (with processing)

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

Photo captured in ProRAW format (with processing)

Viewing these images side-by-side on an Apple Pro Display XDR reveals a dramatic difference in color depth, but it becomes even more obvious when printed.

♥ BY TOPIC: What is QuickTake on iPhone, or how to take a video in Photo mode.

How do I shoot Apple ProRAW on iPhone?

Open the app Settings, go along the path: Camera → Formats and activate the option Apple ProRAW…

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

After the initial setup, follow these steps:

1. Open the Camera app on iPhone.

2. Click RAW in the upper right corner.

ProRAW in iPhone Camera

3. Take a photo.

  • Once ProRAW is enabled, the option does not remain enabled permanently. She will be active during this session. Even if you lock your iPhone and return to it after a few seconds, ProRAW will still work. But in a few minutes the possibility of shooting in this format will disappear. This is probably even a good thing, because ProRAW is not a necessary option for all photos taken with the iPhone. Keep an eye on the option if it is important to you to shoot in ProRAW.
  • You cannot shoot in ProRAW in portrait or panorama modes, or when shooting videos and Live Photos.
  • Think of ProRAW as an unfinished product. It is not suitable for publication, print or anything else. You must process this file first.

♥ BY TOPIC: Which iPhone holds the battery better? Comparison of the battery life of all current iPhones.

How to share (transfer) photo in original Apple ProRAW format to iPhone?

If you want to share an original unedited ProRAW photo with a .dng file extension, you must do this either through AirDrop (instructions), or via a cable on your computer (instructions), or through the iCloud Photos function (only for devices linked by one Apple account ID).

Please note that if you edit a photo in the Photos application, the file extension will change to .jpg.

When sending a ProRAW photo using the Mail app on iOS, the photo will automatically be converted to .jpg format.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone features that can be disabled for most users

ProRAW photo editing software for iPhone

Use RAW-enabled applications to edit ProRAW.

Recommended Apps for ProRAW Photo Editing on iPhone

Halide (iOS): The Halide team has worked hard to support ProRAW and the latest version of their camera already supports ProRAW. It has several powerful additional features such as the ability to shoot simultaneously in JPEG + ProRAW, as well as a color depth reduction tool to control RAW file sizes, and more. If you want maximum creative control when shooting and editing photos on iPhone, look no further than Halide.

Lightroom (iOS + Mac)Adobe Lightroom is an easy and quick way to edit and organize Apple ProRAW files. Files are stored in Creative Cloud, so you can quickly access them on a Mac to further fine-tune images on Pro Display XDR.

RAW Power (iOS + Mac): If you liked Aperture on Mac, you will probably like RAW Power too. The app syncs with your iCloud Photo Library and provides many tools to edit and organize your photos. RAW Power and Halide go well together.

Please note that when you open a ProRAW file with a program that does not support ProRAW, the photo may look different than expected.

♥ BY TOPIC: Why does an iPhone have 3 cameras: what is each one for and how to switch?

When to shoot with ProRAW and when not

The most significant effect of using ProRAW will be seen when shooting in the most extreme scenarios – those where conventional algorithms cannot do all the work required. These include situations such as mixed indoor lighting (cold and warm), extremely low lighting (such as star shots), ultra-high dynamic range images (such as a dark foreground with an illuminated subject in the background).

It is important to understand the need for ProRAW and understand when to use it. ProRAW is more than just a magic switch that you can use to enhance your photos. In fact, a non-ProRAW file looks much better initially than a ProRAW file. Therefore, shooting in ProRAW really only makes sense if you are going to take the time to fine-tune the image for publishing.

Activate ProRAW shooting when you shoot in any extreme conditions (extremely low light, extremely high dynamic range with very bright highlights and dark shadows, mixed light temperature, etc.). Also, use ProRAW if you plan to enlarge images (on screen or when printing).

And try to turn on ProRAW every time you shoot, and something in the photo looks unnatural. For example, while Smart HDR has gotten a lot better, we’ve all seen skin tones displayed in odd ways or clouds appear pink at times. Anytime you see something unnatural or inaccurate, switch to ProRAW. This will reduce the amount of computation that the iPhone does to process the photo, but it will give you maximum control over it.

♥ BY TOPIC: Weak Wi-Fi protection in iPhone: what does it mean and how to fix it?

Conclusion

With 12-bit color, 14 stops of dynamic range and much more control, Apple ProRAW is a huge step forward in professional iPhone imaging. Now it is convenient for even professionals to rely on their iPhone 12 Pro to shoot sharp photos in almost any lighting conditions. The user knows they can customize the processing to their liking, rather than relying on some kind of averaged calculation that is intended for most users.

With each of the hardware and software updates, we see the iPhone continually evolve into a device capable of delivering what professionals need in their most demanding creative processes. It will be interesting to see what comes next with ProRAW as an essential feature of iPhone photography.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: camera, iPhone, photos, Pro, ProRAW, sample, Turn

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

17/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

♥ BY TOPIC: How to change / replace the sky in a photo using the Luminar app on Windows or Mac.

Can this be done in the Photos app on Mac?

Even the best photographers feel the need to edit their work for optimal results. While there are many ways to control the camera and subject, sometimes there are things that the person simply cannot influence at the moment the picture is taken.

These problems can manifest themselves in different ways depending on the type of photograph. A portrait photographer may want to remove blemishes from a subject’s face, while a landscape or street photographer may want to remove ugly details from buildings or people (bomber) who accidentally enter the frame. Whatever the reason, the problem is always the same: there is something in the photo that needs to be hidden or removed. In cases where it is not possible to simply crop the frame and remove the unwanted element located on the side, active processing of the image itself will be required.

Most people in this situation immediately think of the need to use Photoshop or another similar professional image editing tool. These are the only products that can be very expensive or difficult to learn. And Mac users can use the Photos app to make simple changes.

The Touch Up Tool in Photos is a standard part of this image editing application. We inform the utility about the part of the image that needs to be removed, and the program already takes some of the pixels from another place in the image, automatically copies it and inserts the patch in the right place. Of course, the retouching tool is very handy, but it is based on placing blocks of pixels next to each other that can be reused. In earlier implementations, the tool was not smart enough to be easily used. During retouching, artifacts in the form of pixels located next to the original ones were also copied. In the end, one problem was eliminated, but another arose.

With the release of macOS Big Sur, Apple has updated the Touch-up tool to use “additional machine learning” for this task. While the phrase itself is a great marketing tool, it actually works better in practice. Retouching is now more intelligent in finding and using adjacent pixels to apply a patch.

Now this tool is easier than ever.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to recognize people you know in photos in Photos on Mac.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

1. Select a photo and press the button. “Edit” in the upper right corner.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

2. On the tab “Correction” click the arrow in the sidebar next to the field “Retouch”to display a slider and a brush button.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

3. Click the brush button next to the slider. Use the slider by moving it to the right or left to adjust the size of the brush circle.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

4. Click or click and drag the brush circle over the element you want to remove.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on MacHow to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

5. After you finish editing the image, click the Done button in the upper right corner of the application.

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

This procedure is usually suitable for most retouching tasks, and the Photos application is usually good at determining which pixels to copy. However, there are some situations where you might want to manually select the pixel source for the patch. For example, in the case of overly complex images, the automatic system can fail, resulting in a poor-quality patch.

♥ BY TOPIC: Notification Center in macOS Big Sur. How to invoke, configure and optimize.

How do I manually select the source for the photo retouching tool for macOS?

1. Select a photo and click “Edit”. Click the Adjustments tab, then click the arrow in the sidebar next to the Touch Up button.

2. Click the brush button next to the slider. Use the slider by moving it to the right or left to adjust the size of the brush circle.

3. While holding down the Option (Alt) key, click on the area of ​​the image that you want to use as the origin.

4. Release the Option (Alt) key and use a brush to paint over the area you want to fix.

5. To stop using the selected location in the photo, Control-click the image and select Clear Selected Retouching Origin…

How to remove a person or object from a photo in Photos on Mac

♥ BY TOPIC: How to customize Control Center in macOS Big Sur.

Unfortunately, not all Mac users will be able to take advantage of the updated tool. Apple support docs require a 15-inch MacBook Pro or 16-inch MacBook Pro released in 2016 or later, Retina 5K iMac 2014 or later, Retina 4K iMac 2017 or later, iMac Pro, Mac Pro 2013 or newer.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Mac, object, person, photo, photos, remove

How to view all the photos you’ve liked on Instagram

16/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

When viewing photos on Instagram and “liking” them in large numbers, users lose sight of the image they like. The photo service offers the opportunity to find all the photos that you have marked “Like“.

The instructions below will focus on Instagram for iOS, although the described method will work on the Android version as well.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to protect Instagram from hacking (it’s free)…

How to view all photos you liked on Instagram

one… Go to your Instagram profile by clicking on the corresponding icon in the lower right corner.

2… Click the options button (the icon with three horizontal lines in the upper right corner) and go to Settings…

How to automatically add all stories (stories) to Instagram Archive

3… In section “Account“Select the option”Posts you liked“.

How to view all photos you liked on Instagram

4… View photos in a convenient format – list or grid.

How to view all photos you liked on Instagram

The function “Posts you liked“Allows you to find likes in a faster way, without spending a lot of time scrolling and searching for your favorite photos in the feed, so it’s strange that the developers have placed this functionality in the settings, and not in the main menu.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Instagram, photos, view, youve

Why are all official Apple Watch photos set to 10:09?

15/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

This tradition of watchmakers has been around for almost a century and the Cupertino company, as a new representative of this industry, could not ignore it. But she neatly broke the rules and introduced a slight dissonance, hinting at aspects that were significant for the brand. Those who carefully looked at the clock during the presentation already understood what was at stake.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to set your Apple Watch to change automatically based on time and place.

In 1926, the Swiss Hamilton Watch Company, when advertising a new watch model, first rearranged the hands on the dial to the position of the beginning of 11 am. Hour for 10, minute for 10 minutes – the hands are located in relation to each other almost perfectly symmetrically. And they form a kind of frame for the corporate logo of the manufacturer, traditionally engraved under the number 12.

Apple Watch Premium

The idea was then repeated many times by various watch companies, many of them developed their own corporate “exact time”. For example: 10:10:31 at Rolex, 10:10:10 at Bell & Ross, 10:10:37 – TAG Heuer badge. Now let’s take a look at the photos Apple Watch from the last presentation – 10 hours 9 minutes in the morning and exactly 30 seconds. Let’s assume that everything is clear with the seconds; on the model of the dial of the classic type, the second hand is beautifully directed straight down. The location of the hour hand is also not surprising, but how do you explain the choice of value for the minute?

Apple Watch Series 6 review

A small example, when a new iPhone model is shown next fall, a clock always flaunts on the home screen, which is set at 9:41. This is a memory of the now legendary presentation of 2007, it was at 9:41 p.m. Steve Jobs presented the first iPhone to the world.

Apple Watch – a product of a new category, the progenitor of a whole range of successful gadgets. Symbolism in his advertising is more than appropriate, and it would be nice to start a new tradition. But what exactly did the Cupertinians want to say with the combination of 10:09:30? Perhaps this is a hairpin addressed to competitors, manufacturers of analog clocks, they say, our product is always one step (minute) ahead?

Apple Watch Series 6 vs Apple Watch SE

There is another truthful version, namely, Apple’s attention to symmetry and detail. For example, the company does not use 10:10 because the hour hand will travel 1/6 of the way between 10 and 11 o’clock, while the minute hand stops exactly at 2 (as it does at 10:10). Whereas at 10:09 everything is arranged symmetrically. In addition, if the second hand is also displayed on the advertising image, then it will be directed exactly downwards – at the 30-second mark.

Apple Watch SE display

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 1009, apple, official, photos, set, Watch

How to recognize people you know in photos in Photos on Mac

14/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

The iOS facial recognition feature has been around for a long time. To do this, you need to add the desired person to the People album. You can do the same on Mac, but macOS offers a faster way to identify and name people in photos. Here’s how you can quickly identify and name people in Photos on Mac.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac.

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

Open the app “Photo” on macOS and navigate to the photo where you want to tag the person. Then follow these steps.

1. Double click on the image to open it in “Photo”…

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

2. Press the button “Information” (small letter “I” in a circle) on the toolbar.

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

3. Click the icon “+“ in section “Add faces”…

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

4. When a circle appears on the photo, move it to the person’s face, expand it to the desired boundaries by dragging the circle and add the desired name in the text field.

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

There is also another option.

1. Click View → Show people names on the menu bar.

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

2. Double click on the photo to open it.

3. Click on the unsigned text field below the person’s face circle and add the desired name there.

How to add names to photos of people in Photos on Mac

Adding a name tag to your face is a great way to create collections of the people you care about. Thanks to this simple tool, it will also be possible to identify colleagues or acquaintances so as not to forget them.

Do you use this opportunity in the Photos app on Mac or iOS? How do you refer to the people present in the photographs?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Mac, people, photos, recognize

Get instant access to your first or last photos in Photos on iPhone and iPad

12/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

If you store all the photos on your iPhone, then you are probably killing a lot of time searching for the desired photo, especially if it was taken many years ago. For example, suppose you want to once again admire the beautiful sunset that you photographed in addition to dozens of other landscapes and portraits while on vacation five years ago.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to turn on flash (flashlight) on calls and notifications on iPhone.

In this case, you need to scroll and scroll through the photos … and scroll again. Large galleries require a lot of patience, because once you find the photo you want, you have to scroll again, this time to get to the newest photos.

Fortunately, Apple has provided a special gesture that allows you to be at the very bottom of the gallery in the blink of an eye. To quickly move to the bottom of the list, simply click the appropriate tab. If you browse your collection of photos by year in the Photos tab and scroll backwards, clicking on the Photos tab will take you to the bottom of the list where the most recent photos are. This method works in any tab in the Photos app.

In turn, touching the status bar (top of the screen) will instantly take you to the first photo.

Get instant access to your first or last photos in Photos on iPhone and iPad

Suppose you are viewing one of your saved albums in the tab “Albums”… You need to select a few of the most recent photos, but you accidentally clicked on the top of the iPhone or iPad screen, which in Photos and other apps takes you up. How do you get back down? It’s very simple – just click on the tab again “Albums”…

Get instant access to your first or last photos in Photos on iPhone and iPad

Prompt: if you are already at the bottom of the album, clicking on the tab “Albums” will take you to the album list screen.

♥ BY TOPIC: Panoramic shooting on iPhone: how to properly shoot panoramas, change directions and take vertical photos.

With tab “For you” things are a little different, with the newest images at the top, not the bottom. Regardless, the basic idea is the same. For example, you have scrolled through the list in “For you” to the middle and want to quickly get to the top, then just click on the tab “For you”… Just like with tab “Albums”if you click on the tab “For you” after opening one of the memories, you will be transferred to the screen with a list of all memories, that is, take an action “Back”…

Get instant access to your first or last photos in Photos on iPhone and iPad

The next time you get lost in the plethora of photos taken a long time ago, remember that you can always go back to the most recent photos with just one tap. This super trick is not mentioned in the documentation or in Apple’s instructions, so not everyone knows about it, but it has been present in iOS for several years.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: access, instant, iPad, iPhone, photos

How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac

02/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Traditionally, the Viewer application does not enjoy the great love of the “makovodov”. And completely in vain, because it can not only display and edit pictures, but also one very useful thing – convert them from one format to another (for example, from .jpg to .png).

♥ BY TOPIC: How to type dollar $, ruble ₽, euro €, etc. on Mac

The preview works with any number of images and all popular formats. Specifically, GIF, ICNS, JPEG, JPEG-2000, BMP, Microsoft Icon, OpenEXR, PDF, Photoshop PSD, PNG, SGI, TGA, and TIFF are supported.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to customize your Mac home screen (macOS) as efficiently as possible.

How to convert photos to another format on Mac

1. In Finder, select a group of images, right-click on them and select Open… Alternative ways: click ⌘Cmd + O or drag images onto the application icon View in the Dock.

How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac

2. Click on any of the photos in the window on the left and press the key combination ⌘Cmd + Ato select them all. Alternative way: on the menu bar Edit → Choose all…

How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac

3. On the menu bar, click File -> Export Selected Images…

How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac

4. In the window that appears, click Options and select the format you want to convert the file to.

How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac

To open the full list of formats, hold down the button ⌥Option (Alt) on your keyboard, click on the dropdown menu Format…

How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac

How to convert photos to jpg, png, gif, tiff, bmp formats on Mac

5. In the same place, select the path to save the converted files (for example, to the desktop).

The process will start, a progress bar will appear on the screen. If there are many images, the conversion may take some time, but in general everything is done very quickly.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: bmp, convert, formats, gif, jpg, Mac, photos, png, tiff

How to get free unlimited Yandex.Disk cloud for storing photos from iPhone and iPad

01/12/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Surely everyone at least once faced a lack of memory on an iPhone or iPad. In this case, you have to choose which photos and videos you can donate for free space. However, victims can be avoided by storing photos not on the device, but in the cloud storage. But even such storages, as they say, are “not rubber” – they have their limitations … and the price.

♥ BY TOPIC: IPhone Retouching: Best iOS Photo Retouching Apps.

We are happy to inform you that Yandex.Disk service (download for iPhone and iPad) allows you to save data from tablets and smartphones without any volume restrictions…

Importantly, your files will be saved to Yandex.Disk in the original, uncompressed format, relieving you of your worries about image quality.

♥ BY TOPIC: iPhone new, demo or refurbished (ref, CPO, like new) – how to check by model number.

Video:

In the meantime, there is no need to worry about it. ”

How to get unlimited Yandex.Disk storage for storing photos and videos completely free

How to get unlimited Yandex.Disk storage for storing photos and videos completely free

In order to add your photos to unlimited storage, install the Yandex.Disk application on your mobile device (link at the end of the article) and enable automatic upload for photos.

How to get free unlimited Yandex.Disk cloud

As soon as the gadget is connected to the Internet, photos and videos from it will be sent to the cloud and saved in chronological order.

How to get unlimited Yandex.Disk storage for storing photos and videos completely free

Please be aware that unlimited works only in the mobile application when using autoload… Nevertheless, you can view files uploaded to the storage both on iPhone or iPad, and on any computer through a browser.

How to get unlimited Yandex.Disk storage for storing photos and videos completely free

Unfortunately, the service for unlimited video storage in Yandex.Disk is provided for a fee, depending on the tariff plan for storage in Disk Pro.

How to get free unlimited Yandex.Disk cloud

How to get free unlimited Yandex.Disk cloud

All Yandex.Disk users working on a computer have access to 10 GB of free space forever.

Download Yandex.Disk for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: cloud, free, iPad, iPhone, photos, storing, unlimited, YandexDisk

How to display photos or videos from iPhone or iPad to TV – 4 ways

15/11/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

iPhone (iPad), as a personal-use device, in most cases fully meets the requirements of the owner. However, what to do when you want to show your gathered friends photos or videos from your vacation? In this case, you can connect your smartphone to the TV, below we describe 4 ways how to do this.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

AirPlay 2 TV

AirPlay 2 TV

AirPlay is no longer exclusive to Apple devices. In 2019, the Cupertino-based company announced the updated AirPlay 2 protocol, which began to work in smart TV models of several popular brands, including Samsung, LG, Sony, Vizio, and others.

AirPlay 2 TVs make it easy to mirror graphics and sound from your iPhone, iPad and Mac to large screens.

If you are the owner of Apple technology and at the same time are going to buy a TV in the near future, then the presence of support for the AirPlay 2 protocol should be one of the decisive conditions for choosing one model or another.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone features that can be disabled for most users

Wireless connection via DLNA

DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) standard is designed to transfer content over a local area network and is supported by most modern TVs. To broadcast photos, videos and music from an iPhone or iPad to a big screen, you need to install a special application from the App Store, fortunately, most of them (for example, iMediaShare or UPNP / DLNA Streamer for TV) are distributed free of charge.

Wireless connection via DLNA

The algorithm of operation of such programs is quite simple, the only condition is that the iPhone (iPad) and the TV (DLNA supporting) must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network. All that remains is to select the desired TV in the application to create a pair, and then start broadcasting content to the big screen. At the same time, the application itself often offers the user many different streaming services, films and music (in most cases in English), as well as the ability to transfer content from the Photo, Video and Music applications.

Wireless connection via DLNA

If the TV is not equipped with a Wi-Fi module or does not support applications for broadcasting content from an iPhone (iPad), you can use a special TV adapter with AirPlay support, for example, MiraScreen G2 WiFi Display Dongle costing about 1,000 rubles (you can find even cheaper on Aliexpress link).

MiraScreen G2 WiFi Display Dongle

The adapter connects to the HDMI connector of the TV and receives a signal from a smartphone or tablet via Wi-Fi. To transfer videos, photos and music, you also need to install a special application on the device, for example, the aforementioned iMediaShare.

Next, on the TV, you need to select the HDMI connector to which the device is connected and establish a Wi-Fi connection.

defender smart transmitter x1

The advantage of this method is that the connection does not require additional devices (except for the transmitter in some cases) and is quite easy to configure. However, such programs do not know how to directly display the image from the iPhone (iPad) screen to the TV, but only transfer content from certain iOS applications and connected partner services. In addition, DLNA technology implies the use of the resources of the final output device (that is, the TV), which can affect the speed of work.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

Wired connection

Wired connection

The vast majority of modern TVs are equipped with HDMI and / or VGA connectors, which allows you to create a wired connection between an iOS (iPadOS) device and a TV. Such a connection will allow you to directly broadcast the image from the smartphone screen in 1080p HD quality without the slightest delay. The data transfer speed will allow not only watching movies or photos, but also comfortably playing dynamic games, quickly typing text, etc. Using a wired connection, you do not need to install additional software and configure your smartphone – just connect the Lightning and HDMI / VGA ports.

What about the disadvantages of a wired connection? Firstly, it is wired, which in itself is not very convenient – if you want to show photos on a TV at a party, then you or the owner must have an appropriate adapter and cable.

apple lightning adapter

Secondly, these toys are far from cheap – a Lightning-HDMI or Lightning-VGA adapter in the Russian online Apple Store costs 5 thousand rubles, a couple of thousand more will have to be paid for an HDMI or VGA cable. If desired, all this can be bought much cheaper in the vastness of AliExpress using this link.

♥ BY TOPIC: Tap on iPhone Cover – Take a screenshot: How to bind actions to tap on the back of an iPhone.

Apple TV

Apple TV 4G

Connecting iPhone to a TV via Apple TV can be summed up in three words – fast, reliable, expensive. Naturally, it is unprofitable to spend 14 thousand rubles for a set-top box (buy an Apple TV) solely for displaying images from the iPhone or iPad screen on a TV, but in general, buying this device is unlikely to be unjustified.

We talked in detail about the capabilities of Apple TV in this article.

To start broadcasting content from iPhone or iPad to TV, you just need to follow a fairly simple procedure – go to the Control Center on your smartphone, press the button Screen Repeat and select the Apple TV prefix from the menu that appears.

How to connect iPhone, iPad or Mac to Apple TV (TV)

With this connection, the performance of the TV is not at all important – all resource-intensive processes will be performed by the set-top box.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: display, iPad, iPhone, photos, videos, ways

Panoramic shooting on iPhone: how to shoot panoramas, change directions and take vertical photos

09/11/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Panoramas are photographs glued together in a very wide strip. You may have already shot quite a few panoramas, and someone generally uses a special camera to take stunning wide photos.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to properly shoot panoramas on iPhone?

Run the application Camera and select a shooting mode Panorama… Press the shutter button to start panoramic shooting and slowly rotate iPhone. Stop panorama shooting at the desired moment by pressing the shutter button again.

How to take panoramas on iPhone?

Do not hold your iPhone in front of you and do not use your body as a support, just try to rotate your smartphone.

You should rotate the iPhone around its center axis instead of moving your hand in an arc. For high-quality panoramic shots, slowly rotate your iPhone rather than your body or hand.

Imagine that a certain rod passes through the center of your smartphone from top to bottom and you rotate the device around this “twist” like a swing around its axis.

♥ BY TOPIC: Themes for iPhone (new icons): how to change, where to download, how to make money on it.

How do I change the direction of a panoramic shot?

By default in iOS, panoramic mode activates left-to-right shooting. However, it is very easy to “flip” the direction from right to left.

To change the direction of panoramic shooting, tap the direction arrow.

How do I change the direction of a panoramic shot?

♥ BY TOPIC: Where do the green or yellow dots come from in the iPhone camera photo and how to remove them?

Mini panoramas

If you are the owner of a representative of the iPhone 11 or iPhone 12 line, then there will be no problems with the placement of objects in the photo. The ultra wide-angle lens is capable of capturing almost anything in front of you. But if you have problems with placing objects in one photo, then why not use panorama mode for this purpose?

Perhaps you are taking a picture of your breakfast on Instagram and there are too many goodies on the table. Instead of shoveling everything into one heap or moving away from the table, just take a mini-panorama.

The panorama does not have to be a long strip that covers almost 360 degrees of view (full passage of the direction arrow). It could be just a slightly expanded photo to accommodate additional muffins and bacon strips.

How to take vertical panoramas on iPhone

Who said that panoramas must be as wide as possible? Some don’t use horizontal solutions at all. Why not make your panoramas vertical? This unexpected secret weapon is available to the photographer with the iPhone in hand.

Vertical panoramas are amazing for a variety of reasons. One of them is that you can capture tall buildings in one image. Trees, mountains, waterfalls, landscapes are all great objects for a vertical panorama. And you already know how to capture these impressive photos.

How to take vertical panoramas on iPhone

Just take a panoramic shot by rotating your iPhone 90 degrees.

How to take vertical panoramas on iPhone

We can give you one piece of advice for getting the most out of your panorama: choose where to start. Even with the smarter shooting mode in modern iPhones, you can sometimes start with a dark forest carpet, and by the time you reach the sky the blue will be washed out. If this happens, then start the panorama from above and move down. Again, to change the direction of the panorama, tap the direction arrow on the panorama screen. Then just take a picture while constantly watching the screen. This will make sure that the required frame is being formed. Taking too long can make it difficult to see the panorama on the small iPhone screen.

How to take vertical panoramas on iPhone

The next time you open the Camera app, consider using a vertical panorama. You can practice on anything, and when a scene suitable for vertical panorama appears in front of you, you are ready to shoot it.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: change, directions, iPhone, panoramas, panoramic, photos, shoot, shooting, vertical

How to make a brazier, an aquarium, a bench, a lamp, a mailbox, motorcycle trunks, etc. from old Macs. (30 photos)

08/11/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Apple still makes digital technology conscientiously and throws away an obsolete, but still fully functional device, not everyone raises a hand. It’s easy to understand the users, but what to do when all your friends are already turning up their noses from such gifts, and the free space on the mezzanine, and in the garage too, ran out long ago?

Macbook clock

Aluminum is not cast iron, but subject to proper temperature conditions, the perforated body of the old Mac Pro will perfectly be able to perform the function of a barbecue. And it’s not at all barbaric to fry chops and sausages on the brainchild of the IT industry – if the purchase of a new computer is being washed.

♥ BY TOPIC: 50 weird, unusual and ridiculous iPhone accessories.

barbecue mac pro

At one of the Motorcycle Shows in Portland, a bike with Mac Pro as a basic finishing element. The talented fan who chose to remain incognito got down to business smartly, carefully carving out a part of the computer case in the form of a fairing for the fuel tank. In addition, the Power button, USB connector and stereo output also function and are used to connect to the iPhone – the smartphone, using its sensors, acts as a speedometer.

motorcycle from Mac Promotorcycle from Mac Pro

American guy Rick, who worked as a Mac consultant in New Jersey, made excellent trunks (trunks) for his motorcycle from old PowerMac G4 system units.

powermac g4 motorcycle saddlebagspowermac g4 motorcycle saddlebags

♥ BY TOPIC: Easter eggs on Google: 20 interesting examples of hidden features in search.

Jake Harris is grateful to the late Steve Jobs for having the idea to create conceptual cases for computers. Models of ten years ago and older have already become history in their mass, but their rounded transparent bodies make very good aquariums.

IMac aquarium

IMac aquarium

The popular DIY site Etsy was selling a version of the Power Mac Cube:

Aquarium from Power Mac Cube

How about this pet crib from an old iMac?

pet bed from old iMac

pet bed from old iMac

Alan Young using the prefix Apple TV, designed a kind of pendulum clock – a mixture of vintage and hi-tech styles.

Apple TV clock

another watch option:

Clock from an old Mac

And the frosted parts of the legendary iMac G4 also work well as designer lampshades for table lamps.

Lamp from Mac

IMac lamp

The color generation of the iMac can serve as stylish fixtures:

Light from an old iMac

♥ BY TOPIC: How to gift an iPhone? Pack in a chair! An example of the original packaging (photo).

Here’s what designer furniture can be created from the Power Mac G5 system blocks. You can make original benches, a small chest of drawers and a table.

Designer breathes new life into Power Mac G5 with stylish computer furniture

Designer breathes new life into Power Mac G5 with stylish computer furniture

old Mac Pro benchtable from an old Mac Protable from an old Mac Pro

Even beautiful napkin holders are made from old Apple computers:

Mac Napkin Holder

mirrors:

Mirror from iMac

and some mods even use old Apple mice as a belt buckle:

apple mouse belt buckleapple mouse belt buckle

But the crown of creative thought and the engine of progress, that is, real and immeasurable laziness, is the work of an unnamed homeowner from the American hinterland. He “repaired” the mailbox, replacing it with an old and completely gutted Macintosh, without even bothering with plugging in lights or anything like that.

mailbox from Mac Pro

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: aquarium, bench, brazier, lamp, Macs, mailbox, Motorcycle, photos, trunks

How to make a brazier, an aquarium, a bench, a lamp, a mailbox, motorcycle trunks, etc. from old Macs. (30 photos)

07/11/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Apple still makes digital technology conscientiously and throws away an obsolete, but still fully functional device, not everyone raises a hand. It’s easy to understand the users, but what to do when all your friends are already turning up their noses from such gifts, and the free space on the mezzanine, and in the garage too, ran out long ago?

Aluminum is not cast iron, but subject to proper temperature conditions, the perforated body of the old Mac Pro will perfectly be able to perform the function of a barbecue. And it’s not at all barbaric to fry chops and sausages on the brainchild of the IT industry – if the purchase of a new computer is being washed.

♥ BY TOPIC: 50 weird, unusual and ridiculous iPhone accessories.

barbecue mac pro

At one of the Motorcycle Shows in Portland, a bike with Mac Pro as a basic finishing element. The talented fan who chose to remain incognito got down to business smartly, carefully carving out a part of the computer case in the form of a fairing for the fuel tank. In addition, the Power button, USB connector and stereo output also function and are used to connect to the iPhone – the smartphone, using its sensors, acts as a speedometer.

motorcycle from Mac Promotorcycle from Mac Pro

American guy Rick, who worked as a Mac consultant in New Jersey, made excellent trunks (trunks) for his motorcycle from old PowerMac G4 system units.

powermac g4 motorcycle saddlebagspowermac g4 motorcycle saddlebags

♥ BY TOPIC: Easter eggs on Google: 20 interesting examples of hidden features in search.

Jake Harris is grateful to the late Steve Jobs for having the idea to create conceptual cases for computers. Models of ten years ago and older have already become history in their mass, but their rounded transparent bodies make very good aquariums.

IMac aquarium

IMac aquarium

The popular DIY site Etsy was selling a version of the Power Mac Cube:

Aquarium from Power Mac Cube

How about this pet crib from an old iMac?

pet bed from old iMac

pet bed from old iMac

Alan Young using the prefix Apple TV, designed a kind of pendulum clock – a mixture of vintage and hi-tech styles.

Apple TV clock

another watch option:

Clock from an old Mac

And the frosted parts of the legendary iMac G4 also work well as designer lampshades for table lamps.

Lamp from Mac

IMac lamp

The color generation of the iMac can serve as stylish fixtures:

Light from an old iMac

♥ BY TOPIC: How to gift an iPhone? Pack in a chair! An example of the original packaging (photo).

Here’s what designer furniture can be created from the Power Mac G5 system blocks. You can make original benches, a small chest of drawers and a table.

Designer breathes new life into Power Mac G5 with stylish computer furniture

Designer breathes new life into Power Mac G5 with stylish computer furniture

old Mac Pro benchtable from an old Mac Protable from an old Mac Pro

Even beautiful napkin holders are made from old Apple computers:

Mac Napkin Holder

mirrors:

Mirror from iMac

and some mods even use old Apple mice as a belt buckle:

apple mouse belt buckleapple mouse belt buckle

But the crown of creative thought and the engine of progress, that is, real and immeasurable laziness, is the work of an unnamed homeowner from the American hinterland. He “repaired” the mailbox, replacing it with an old and completely gutted Macintosh, without even bothering with plugging in lights or anything like that.

mailbox from Mac Pro

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: aquarium, bench, brazier, lamp, Macs, mailbox, Motorcycle, photos, trunks

How to copy, cut and paste text, photos and links on iPhone and iPad: all the ways

07/11/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

Using the copy and paste options on iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad is as easy as using your computer. With their help, you can easily move texts, links, images, pictures and even videos. In this article, we will show you how to copy, cut and paste information using the context menu, gestures, and using the Smart Keyboard.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to hide / show the microphone icon on the iPhone keyboard.

Most Mac users are used to keyboard shortcut ⌘Cmd + C and ⌘Cmd + Vwhich are responsible for copying and pasting in most programs. And for Windows, instead of ⌘Cmd just use Ctrl, but the essence remains the same. But how to perform a similar operation on the iPhone?

For most, this action seems too simple to think about its implementation. But at the same time, for new iPhone and iPad users who have not yet fully immersed themselves in the world of mobile culture, this information will be very useful.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to lower the iPhone screen to reach the top of the display with one finger.

How to copy, cut and paste using the context menu on iPhone and iPad?

1. Open the application of interest from where you want to copy, for example Safari.

2. Make a long tap (press and hold) on the content (text, link, photo) that you want to copy to the clipboard. When copying text, use the selection “sliders” to increase or decrease the number of words copied. You can drag the pointers left and right, and up and down.

3. In text editors, for example, in Notes, you can also use sequences of presses to select (highlight) a word, sentence, paragraph, or all of the text on the screen:

  • To select a word, double-tap it with one finger.
  • When you select an offer, click on it three times.
  • If you want to select a paragraph, then click on it four times.
  • To select all text on a page, double-tap at the start and gesture with two fingers down the page.

4. After selecting the text (link, photo, etc.) that you want to copy, click “Copy” or “To cut”… The copied text will appear on the “clipboard” ready for pasting anywhere. “Clipboard” runs in the background and is invisible to users. Please note that only one item can be stored there. If you copy something else, the previous copy will be removed from the buffer.

How to copy, cut and paste using the context menu on iPhone and iPad?

Function “To cut” differs from “Copy” by removing the information from the original application. This can be done only in those applications where editing of materials or files is allowed.

5. Tap the location in the application or document where you want to paste the text. Now hold your finger in this place until the menu appears. Click on “Paste”to place the copied data here.

How to copy, cut and paste using the context menu on iPhone and iPad?

How to copy, cut and paste using the context menu on iPhone and iPad?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to turn off Auto Correction (T9) on iPhone or iPad.

How to copy and paste text using gestures

Apple introduced many new gestures in iOS 13. For example, you can now perform common operations such as copy and paste using quick three-finger motions. Depending on your preference, you can either click on Copy / Paste from the menu, as described above, or use these gestures. They are best done with your thumb and two other fingers. Select the text and then:

To cut: Pinch twice with three fingers.

How to copy, cut and paste using gestures in iPadOS

Copy: Pinch three fingers together (imagine piling up words from the screen).

How to copy, cut and paste using gestures in iPadOS

Paste: Spread three fingers apart (imagine putting something on the screen).

How to copy, cut and paste using gestures in iPadOS

It should be noted that some iPhone users have mixed feelings about the use of these gestures. This may be due to old habits or short fingers that are inconvenient to actively use the iPhone screen. But it’s better to try the gestures yourself and decide how much they suit you specifically.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to turn off Hey Siri without going to Settings or touching any switches.

How to copy URL links on iPhone or iPad

It’s safe to say that URLs (or hyperlinks) are exactly what we copy and paste the most. Fortunately, the process for working with them is similar to copying regular text.

Press and hold the link until a pop-up menu appears at the bottom of the screen. In it, click “Copy”…

You can paste the URL anywhere on your phone using the same steps as with plain text.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice alert when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to copy URL in Safari

Press and hold your finger on the address bar. Then on the pop-up menu, click “Copy”… Safari will copy the URL to the clipboard.

To paste the copied link into the browser, simply press and hold your finger in the address bar. In the pop-up window, select “Insert and Go”, which will automatically insert and navigate to the link.

How to copy URL links on iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: Themes for iPhone (new icons): how to change, where to download, how to make money on it.

How to copy a text message

Copying text messages in Messages or instant messengers like WhatsApp is usually required in order to forward them. Here’s how it works in Messages on your iPhone:

1. Press and hold the message you want to copy.

2. A pop-up menu appears with one of the copy options. Click on it and then paste the text anywhere.

Depending on the content of the message, another quick action menu appears on the screen, which you can touch and hold. IOS apps dynamically update their quick actions when new information arrives. There are three types of menus:

Default menu with option “Copy”that selects the entire message.

How to copy a text message

The preview is displayed along with the option “Copy link” in the quick action menu if the message contains a link.

How to copy a text message

The phone number in the message displays a quick action menu with one of the options “Copy”…

How to copy a text message

♥ BY TOPIC: How to enable offline search “Find iPhone (iPad)” to find disabled devices.

How to copy and paste images on iPhone or iPad

You can also easily copy and paste images from one application to any other that supports this feature.

Press and hold on the image until a menu with the option appears below it. “Copy”…

How to copy and paste images on iPhone or iPad

Different applications may behave differently when doing this. For example, Twitter will let you save an image to Photos, but it won’t give you the option to copy it. In these cases, you can open the article or photo in Safari and then use the option “Copy”by pressing and holding the desired picture.

How to copy, cut and paste using the context menu on iPhone and iPad?

How to copy and paste images on iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: How to hide lock screen notification text from prying eyes on iPhone or iPad.

How to copy and paste emoji on iPhone or iPad

Your iPhone or iPad has a dedicated emoji keyboard. But sometimes, you might want to shower someone with emoji. In this case, copying emojis and inserting them numerous times will save time.

Follow the same principle Select by Pressing → Copy → Pastedescribed by us in this guide.

And emojis are now almost everywhere. But what about special characters that are harder to find? Think of legal icons like copyright and trademark, foreign currency symbols, and even trendy Instagram fonts.

You can use a site like Cool Symbol to copy these symbols there, and then paste them into any application on your iPhone or iPad.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to make and install a ringtone (ringtone) on any iPhone without a computer right on the device?

Alternative to copy and paste: Share

Now you know how to copy and paste just about anything on your iPhone or iPad. But this is not always necessary. You can often save yourself the trouble of copy-pasting altogether, since the desired option implements the menu Share…

For example, you can share something from some social media application like Facebook or Twitter. The iOS exchange sheet lets you not only copy information, but also quickly share it through email, messages, and social media apps.

To share content, find the menu icon on the page Share and click it.

Alternative to copy and paste: Share

Choose a convenient method and send the data.

Alternative to copy and paste: Share

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone features that can be disabled for most users

Universal clipboard

Universal clipboard

The Universal Clipboard feature lets you copy and paste content on Apple devices as long as you’re signed in to all of them with the same Apple ID. This allows you, for example, to copy text or whatever on your iPhone and then paste it into a document on your Mac or iPad.

Follow these steps to make the universal buffer work on your Apple devices:

  • Sign in with the same Apple ID.
  • Turn on Wi-Fi for all devices.
  • Turn on Bluetooth and keep the devices close to each other (no more than 10 meters).
  • Turn on Handoff on all devices.

Universal Clipboard works with iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.12 and later operating systems. It’s part of the Continuity features that make all Apple devices work together using iCloud.

We wrote in more detail about the operation and configuration of this function in this article.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to check if you bought a new iPhone (activated or not)?

How to copy, cut and paste on iPad using Smart Keyboard

Smart Keyboard Folio

Users who have purchased a physical Smart Keyboard can use special shortcuts (hot keys) to quickly perform the actions in question. Use the following keyboard shortcuts:

  • ⌘Cmd + X – to cut;
  • ⌘Cmd + C – copy;
  • ⌘Cmd + V – insert.

As you can see, the shortcuts are the same as those used by Mac users.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Copy, Cut, iPad, iPhone, links, paste, photos, text, ways

Male poses for a photo shoot on the street or in the studio: 20 posing options for handsome photos of guys and men

07/11/2020 by ALOK DAS

[ad_1]

It’s no secret that men don’t particularly like to be photographed. For some reason, the stronger sex seems unworthy. That is why photo shoots for guys are much less common than for women or children. And few guys love and know how to show off in front of the camera, unlike girls.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to quickly compare “before and after” the processed photo and the original on the iPhone or iPad.

The prospect of being in front of the camera seems like a daunting task for many men. Nevertheless, there are many photo sessions for guys. For some, this is a professional task, while others get such an unusual gift. But guys in general feel uncomfortable in front of the camera, all shooting for them is sheer stress. As a result, both the photographer and the organizer of the photo shoot start to get nervous. But many problems can be avoided if you correctly approach the organization of the photo session, take into account the inevitable little things and choose the right poses.

♥ BY TOPIC: Face swap, gender change, hairstyle, makeup, body shaping, effects and masks on photos and videos for iPhone – 20 best apps.

Preparing for a photo session

PHOTOSESSION

Careful planning of any event increases the chances of its success. Before the photo session, it is also worth talking with the photographer and the guy some points.

Location selection

Man in the mountains

There are many places that can be the basis for a photo shoot. Nobody forces you to lock yourself in the studio. It can be a park, cafe, office or home. The list is limited only by your imagination. The main thing is for the guy to feel as comfortable as possible in this place.

Choosing a shooting style

Businessman photo session

And in this matter, the number of options is truly limitless. For example, classic portrait photography can be organized not only in a studio but also outdoors. The season will only add spice. Evening and night photography is popular, but in any case, the scenery is secondary in portrait photography. A popular fashion shoot, in which the emphasis will be on a stylish wardrobe, may suit young men. A thrash-style photoset with ripped jeans, heavy boots and sloppy shirts will suit rebels. Garages, abandoned workshops can become a stage for such shooting. A photo shoot in the “military” style means military clothing and even weapons.

Choice of clothes and props

Photoshoot of a man on the street

It is worth carefully considering the image of a guy. Clothing is especially important if you want to create a certain image. When preparing, you can choose as many options for outfits of a variety of styles as possible, so that later there will be plenty to choose from. Clothing can even suggest the nature of future photographs. Comfortable attire will help the guy relax. It is worth paying attention to the props. Many objects can emphasize the inner world of a man: a bottle of cognac, a cigar, a guitar, a mobile gadget.

Meet the photographer

photographer

If the photographer is a person unfamiliar until the moment of cooperation, then it is better to discuss all the nuances with him, agree on the rules and discuss shooting options. Perhaps the subject is afraid of certain angles and wants to emphasize something certain in himself. A trusting relationship with a photographer helps to liberate. A specialist has to be a bit of a psychologist to find out more about the person with whom he has to work.

Correct attitude

Man smiles

This point is important both for the guy himself and for the organizer. It should be understood that even an hour and a half of shooting will make everyone get tired. A man should understand what he is doing, calm down and trust the photographer. In most cases, everyone is happy with the result.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to Take Cool Black and White Photos on iPhone: Tips and Best Apps

How good to look in the frame

If you analyze the photographs of men on social networks, then very few people will show the skill of posing. More often than not, men prefer to just stand straight in front of the camera. Others, on the contrary, demonstrate relaxation in every possible way, which further emphasizes self-doubt at this moment. And before we go directly to the possible options for poses, it is worth paying attention not to the basics of male posing. For such a case, the most natural poses look best, the easier they are, the better.

How to look cool?

Confident man photo

To create such an image, it is not at all necessary to strain all the muscles and emphasize your brutality in every possible way. Masculinity best emphasizes confidence. And the expression on your face should be calm. Regardless of the location of the model, do not forget about the posture. You can’t look cool without a straight back.

Should I smile in the photo?

Man beautiful smile

The guy in the photo can and even needs to smile. And let someone be content with the principle “men don’t cry”, but what has a smile to do with it? Even if you don’t want to portray unbridled fun, you can just slightly widen the mouth line. But even the complete absence of a smile will be better than a forced artificial grimace.

Figure masculinity

Beautifully male body, photo

To better emphasize the masculinity of the figure – broad shoulders and muscles, you need to stand so that your shoulders are looking at the camera, but your hips are slightly turned to the side, just a couple of degrees.

Confident look

Man, confident look, photo

To look confident, you just need to look in the direction where the face is turned. Averted gaze will create the illusion of embarrassment or flirting. For a male look, this is rarely appropriate.

Do not stand for a long time in one position

In the meantime, there is no need to know about it. ”In the meantime, there is no need to know about it. ”In the meantime, there is no need to know about it. ”In the meantime, there is no need to know about it. ”

At a photo session, a man will have to work: change poses, facial expressions, emotions, head turns. The photographer will already catch good shots himself. If you need to take several pictures in one position, then the man will simply be asked to freeze or take the desired position.

Listen to the photographer

Girl photographer photographing a man

You shouldn’t expect the photographer to point out every step of the model, but hints will still sound. A professional’s opinion should not be neglected. Only the collaboration of the model and the photographer can provide a great result.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to create a painterly painting from a photo for free at AI Portraits.

Best Poses for Male Photos

Standing with crossed arms

Standing with crossed arms

This is a very simple pose, perfect for a male portrait. You need to cross your arms over your chest, but at the same time, you should take your shoulders back slightly and draw in your stomach – you must not forget about posture. This closed pose will give a man confidence. For a man, this position is quite natural, it is no coincidence that it is often chosen for amateur shots.

Standing full length with arms crossed

Standing full length with arms crossed

A similar pose can be used for full-length photography. Hands should be crossed at chest level, hands should be placed on the elbow bends, and thumbs should be hidden inward. The model can cross her legs so that one is slightly ahead of the other. And in this case, the weight must be transferred mainly to one leg, otherwise the position will seem awkward.

Full length with hand in pocket

Full length with hand in pocket

This pose can be considered a development of the previous one. But this time, you can put one hand in your pocket, and leave the other relaxed.

Hands in pockets

Hands in pockets

If you place your hands completely or partially in the front pockets of your trousers, you get the most natural and relaxed pose. She has two options:

  • with hands folded into a fist at waist level, with thumbs in pockets;
  • with a brush hidden in a pocket and thumbs left outside.

With an object thrown behind the back

With an object thrown behind the back

This pose also develops the previous one. It is enough just to throw some object over your shoulder: a jacket, a briefcase. You can cross your legs and put your hand or thumb in your pocket.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to change your Snapchat gender with photos and videos. Try it – very funny.

Asymmetric pose

Asymmetric pose

In this position, you need to transfer your body weight to one leg. The second leg can be set aside or crossed with the first. For a natural body position, it is as if you need to take a step, but not put the other leg. It is not at all necessary to be located directly under the camera, you can sit in a half turn. Hands can also be given a certain freedom: fold on the chest, hide in pockets. The more natural the pose is for a man, the more vivid the photos will be.

Full length leaning against the wall

Full length leaning against the wall

A man can lean his back against a wall or vertical surface, while his hands can be in his pockets. The view will be even more relaxed if the leg bent at the knee is also leaning against the wall. It is not necessary to look into the lens, you can turn your head slightly to the side.

Lean sideways against the wall

Lean sideways against the wall

This pose works well for both formal and impromptu portraits. Crossed legs emphasize a confident body position. The pose implies external relaxation and even slight negligence. The head can be tilted slightly.

With an object in hand

With an object in hand

This is a very simple pose for a business portrait. And an object in hand, be it a laptop or a tool, can indicate a man’s occupation.

Relaxed sitting on the table

Relaxed sitting

This position may not be very consistent with the rules of etiquette, but no one forces you to climb onto the table with your feet. It is enough just to sit on its edge. In this free and relaxed position, your hands should rest freely on your hips, you can fold over your chest, rest against a tabletop, or put in pockets.

Sitting at the table

Sitting at the table

A fairly simple pose for a person sitting at a table. But the main thing is not to portray an exemplary and squeezed schoolboy. And the occupation of the model can show objects located on a horizontal surface. It can be a laptop, tablet, book, cup. It is allowed to lean forward slightly or turn half-turn. Hands can be put in front of you or touch one of them on the chin, take an object. This will give the shot a natural look.

Sitting at a table with extended shoulder

Sitting at a table with extended shoulder

This pose is slightly different from the previous one. But it works well for business portraits, emphasizing the image of a wealthy and self-confident man.

♥ BY TOPIC: What is the “golden hour” when taking a photo, or what time of day is it better to photograph on the street.

Half-turned on a chair

Half-turned on a chair

This characteristic pose looks creative. But at the same time, the chair on which the model sits must be turned sideways or with its back to the camera lens.

With crossed arms at the table

With crossed arms at the table

You can lean on crossed arms, and place objects related to the man’s profession on the table.

With support at hand

With support at hand

A photo in which a man’s hand is located on some kind of support will look attractive: a table, chair, windowsill. You can diversify the portrait by asking to lean your hip on the edge of the table, cross your legs or arms.

Sitting comfortably in a chair

Sitting comfortably in a chair

This dominant pose works well for corporate or formal portraits. You can rest your leg on top of one another and your hand on your knee or armrest. But it’s definitely not worth supporting your head. You don’t even need to look into the frame, turning your head slightly to the side.

Sitting on the ground without support

Sitting on the ground without support

A simple and natural pose has many options for changing the shooting angle. In this case, you need to lean forward slightly, straightening your shoulders. You can put your legs in front of you and put your hands on them, or you can cross them, leaving your hands in the center.

Sitting on the ground, leaning on your hands

Sitting on the ground, leaning on your hands

In this position, the man will look good outdoors. You can lean on one hand and put the other on your raised knee. The angle is very important, but this is the work of the photographer.

Sitting at ease on the ground

Sitting at ease on the ground

In this relaxed and relaxed position, you can naturally cross your legs.

Relaxed, reclining against the wall

Relaxed, reclining against the wall

A man can sit with his back against a wall or some object. In this case, one leg can be bent at the knee. The legs can be extended or crossed at the ankles. The back should be relaxed, but not spread over the support.

Close-up

Close-up

Don’t be afraid to take a close-up of the subject’s face. Let the man be the main subject of the shot. You can take many pictures from different angles, show different emotions, turn your head or tilt it, bring your hands to your face. Any pose can be, because the emphasis is on the face. The main work is given to the photographer – he selects the angle and lighting.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: guys, handsome, male, men, options, photo, photos, poses, posing, shoot, street, studio